manualshive.com logo in svg

Asus RT-G32 - Wireless Router, Руководство пользователя, Страница: 274 / 743

Поделиться
Скачать
Asus RT-G32 - Wireless Router Скачать руководство пользователя страница 274

10

RT-G32   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. fejezet: A vezeték nélküli router megismerése

Rögzítési lehetőségek

Az összeszerelést nem igénylő, azonnal üzemképes ASUS RT-G32 vezeték 

nélküli útválasztó megemelt, sima, egyenletes felületen (pl. iratszekrényen vagy 

könyvespolcon) való elhelyezéshez és használathoz lett kialakítva. Az eszköz falon 

vagy mennyezeten való rögzítéshez is átalakítható.

Az ASUS RT-G32 eszköz rögzítése:

1.  Keresse meg az alsó részen található két 

rögzítőkampót.

2.  Jelöljön ki a falon vagy egy megemelt, sima, 

egyenletes felületen két felső lyukat.

3.  Rögzítsen két csavart a lyukakban oly módon, 

hogy csak az 1/4'' jelölés látszódjon.

4.  Erősítse rá az ASUS RT-G32 útválasztón lévő 

kampókat a csavarokra.

Megjegyzés: Ha az ASUS vezeték nélküli útválasztót nem lehet a csavarokon rögzíteni, 
vagy a rögzítés túl laza, állítsa be újra a csavarokat.

RT-G_Hungarian.indd...10

1/7/09...::40.PM

Содержание RT-G32 - Wireless Router

Страница 1: ...RT G32 Wireless Router User Manual ...

Страница 2: ...ICULAR PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS ITS DIRECTORS OFFICERS EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF USE OR DATA INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT SPECIFICATI...

Страница 3: ... up the hardware 11 Setting up the wireless router 11 Setting up a wired connection 11 Setting up a wireless connection 12 Configuring the wireless router 12 Using the web GUI 12 Configuring the network clients 14 Accessing the wireless router 14 Setting an IP address for wired or wireless client 14 Configuring via the web GUI 21 Configuring via the web GUI 21 Configuring the Settings 22 Upgrading...

Страница 4: ...ators of the ASUS Wireless Router Chapter 2 Setting up the hardware This chapter provides instructions on setting up accessing and configuring the ASUS Wireless Router Chapter 3 Configuring the network clients This chapter provides instructions on setting up the clients in your network to work with your ASUS Wireless Router Installing the utilities 24 Firmware Restoration 26 Device Discovery 26 EZ...

Страница 5: ...es you with a troubleshooting guide for solving common problems you may encounter when using the ASUS Wireless Router Appendices This chapter provides you with the regulatory Notices and Safety Statements Conventions used in this guide WARNING Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task CAUTION Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a t...

Страница 6: ...ireless capability An installed TCP IP and Internet browser This utility supports Internet Explorer 6 0 or later version Before you proceed Take note of the following guidelines before installing the ASUS Wireless Router The length of the Ethernet cable that connects the device to the network hub ADSL cable modem router wall patch must not exceed 100 meters Place the device on a flat stable surfac...

Страница 7: ...ures Front panel Status indicators LED Status Indication Power Off No power On System ready WLAN Wireless LAN Off No power On Wireless system ready Flashing Transmitting or receiving data wireless LAN 1 4 Local Area Network Off No power or no physical connection On Has physical connection to an Ethernet network Flashing Transmitting or receiving data through Ethernet cable WAN Wide Area Network Of...

Страница 8: ...utton to launch the Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS Reset Press for three seconds to restore to the factory default settings WAN Connect an RJ 45 Ethernet cable to this port to establish WAN connection LAN1 LAN4 Connect RJ 45 Ethernet cables to these ports to establish LAN connection DC 12V Insert the DC adapter into this port to connect your router to a power source ...

Страница 9: ...Use the mounting hooks to mount your router on concrete or wooden surfaces using two roundhead screws 2 Air vents These vents provide ventilation to your router Note For details on mounting your router on a wall or ceiling refer to the section Mounting options on the next page of this user manual ...

Страница 10: ...y also be converted for mounting to a wall or ceiling To mount the ASUS Wireless Router 1 Look on the underside for the two mounting hooks 2 Mark two upper holes in a flat surface 3 Tighten two screws until only 1 4 is showing 4 Latch the hooks of the ASUS Wireless Router onto the screws Note Re adjust the screws if you cannot latch the ASUS Wireless Router onto the screws or if it is too loose ...

Страница 11: ... set up a secure wireless network Notes For more details on EZSetup refer to the section EZSetup in Chapter 5 of this user manual Setting up a wired connection The ASUS Wireless Router is supplied with an Ethernet cable in the package The wireless router has integrated auto crossover function so use either straight through or crossover cable for wired connection To set up the wired connection 1 Tu...

Страница 12: ...g the wireless router The ASUS Wireless Router includes a web graphics user interface web GUI which allows you to configure the wireless router using a web browser on your computer Using the web GUI If your PC connects to the router using a cable launch a web browser and the login page of the router s web GUI is automatically launched If your PC connects to the router wirelessly you have to select...

Страница 13: ...eless connection launch a web browser Notes You may also manually key in the router s default IP address 192 168 1 1 to launch the router s web interface For more details on configuring your wireless router using the web GUI refer to Chapter 4 Configuring via the web GUI ...

Страница 14: ...nces you may want to manually assign static IP addresses on some of the clients or computers in your network rather than automatically getting IP addresses from your wireless router Follow the instructions below that correspond to the operating system installed on your client or computer Note If you want to manually assign an IP address to your client we recommend that you use the following settin...

Страница 15: ...l Network to display the Network setup window 2 Select TCP IP then click Properties 3 If you want your computer to automatically obtain an IP address click Obtain an IP address automatically then click OK Otherwise click Specify an IP address then key in the IP address and Subnet Mask ...

Страница 16: ...er 3 Configuring the clients 4 Select Gateway tab and key in New gateway then click Add 5 Select the DNS configuration tab and click Enable DNS Key in Host Domain and DNS Server Search Order then click Add 6 Click OK ...

Страница 17: ...Protocols tab 2 Select TCP IP Protocol from the Network Protocols list then click Properties 3 From the IP Address tab of the Microsoft TCP IP Properties windows you can Select the type of network adapter installed in your system Set the router to assign IP address automatically Manually set up the IP address subnet mask and default gateway ...

Страница 18: ...uring the clients 4 Select DNS tab then click Add under the DNS Service Search Order and key in DNS Windows 2000 1 Click Start Control Panel Network and Dial up Connection Right click Local Area Connection then click Properties ...

Страница 19: ...e following IP address and key in IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway 4 Select Obtain an IP address automatically if you want the DNS server settings to be assigned automatically Otherwise select Use the following DNS server address and key in the Preferred and Alternate DNS server 5 Click OK when done Windows XP 1 Click Start Control Panel Network Connection Right click Local Area Connecti...

Страница 20: ...s to be assigned automatically Otherwise select Use the following IP address and key in IP address Subnet mask and Default gateway 4 Select Obtain DNS server address automatically if you want the DNS server settings to be assigned automatically Otherwise select Use the following DNS server addresses and key in the Preferred and Alternate DNS server 5 Click OK when done ...

Страница 21: ...b GUI 1 After setting up a wired or wireless connection launch a web browser The login page is automatically launched Note You may also manually key in the router s default IP address 192 168 1 1 to launch the router s web interface 2 On the login page key in the default user name admin and password admin 3 From the main page click the navigation menu or links to configure the various features of ...

Страница 22: ... upgrade the firmware 1 Click Setting from the navigation menu at the left side of your screen 2 Under the Administration menu click Firmware Upgrade 3 In the New Firmware File field click Browse to locate the new firmware on your computer 4 Click Upload The uploading process takes about three minutes Note If the upgrade process fails the wireless router automatically enters the emergency or failu...

Страница 23: ... click Restore Save Upload Setting 3 Select the tasks that you want to do To restore to the default factory settings click Restore and click OK in the confirmation message To save the current system settings click Save and click Save in the file download window to save the system file in your preferred path To restore previous system settings click Browse to locate the system file that you want to...

Страница 24: ...nfiguring the ASUS Wireless Router To install the ASUS WLAN Utilities in Microsoft Windows insert the support CD in the CD drive If Autorun is disabled run setup exe from the root directory of the support CD To install the utilities 1 Click Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities Installing the utilities 2 Click Next ...

Страница 25: ...Installing the utilities RT G32 3 Click Next to accept the default destination folder or click Browse to specify another path 5 Click Install to install the utility 6 Click Finish when setup is complete 4 Click Next ...

Страница 26: ...Restoration is a utility that searches for an ASUS Wireless Router that failed during its firmware upgrading process then restores or re uploads the firmware that you specify The process takes about three to four minutes DO NOT use this utility unless you encounter abnormal situations such as a corrupt firmware upgrading failure or system crash 1 Download the latest firmware version and utility fr...

Страница 27: ...ff the wireless router press and hold the reset button and then power on the device again The wireless device enters the rescue mode after the WLAN LED flashes DO NOT shut down or reset the device while updating the firmware Doing so can cause system boot failure We suggest you use wired connection and set the IP address manually in order to gain an ideal environment for transmission Make sure fir...

Страница 28: ...From your Windows desktop click Start All programs ASUS Utility RT G32 Wireless Router Firmware Restoration 5 Click Browse to choose the firmware file and then click Upload 6 After uploading the firmware successfully the device automatically reboots ...

Страница 29: ... device When done click Next 2 Key in the user name and password to configure the wireless router on the web When done click Next EZSetup EZSetup is a utility that allows you to easily set up your wireless network Before you install the EZSetup ensure that your RT G32 is connected the modem or PC by RJ45 cable ...

Страница 30: ...ties 3 After setting up the network SSID and channel are connected click Next to continue Connecting Connection failed If the connection failed ensure that the hardware environment is connected appropriate and click Re search to search again ...

Страница 31: ...e basic ISP connection settings Click Finish to finish the internal networks settings 5 Select your connection type from these types of ISP services Automatic IP PPPoE PPTP L2TP and Static IP Key in the necessary information for your ISP connection type When done click Next ...

Страница 32: ...adapter with WPS function please follow the instructions below to enable the WPS Quick setup 1 In order to use WPS ensure that both RT G32 wireless router and another computer s wireless software WPS function are enabled 2 Push the WPS button at the rear panel of RT G32 wireless router 3 RT G32 WLAN LED can light up and slow flash after the WPS connection established ...

Страница 33: ...r 1 Launch a web browser then click Tools Internet Options 2 Under Temporary Internet files click Delete Cookies and Delete Files The client cannot establish a wireless connection with the router Out of Range Put the router closer to the wireless client Try to change the channel settings Authentication Use wired connection to connect to the router Check the wireless security settings Press the Res...

Страница 34: ...ink light is ON not blinking this means Internet Access is impossible Restart your computer Refer to the Quick Start Guide of the wireless router and re configure the settings Check if the WAN LED on the wireless router is ON Check the wireless encryption settings Check if the computer can get the IP address via both wired network and wireless network Ensure that your web browser is configured to ...

Страница 35: ...ow to restore the system to its default settings Press the Restore button at the rear panel of the wireless router for more than five seconds Refer to the section Restoring to the default settings in Chapter 4 of this user manual The following are the factory default settings User Name admin Password admin Enable DHCP Yes if WAN cable is plugged in IP address 192 168 1 1 Domain Name Blank Subnet M...

Страница 36: ...ce to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving ante...

Страница 37: ...50 1 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has be...

Страница 38: ...ware is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General...

Страница 39: ...program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copyin...

Страница 40: ...ions when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or co...

Страница 41: ...t copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in fu...

Страница 42: ...or donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright ...

Страница 43: ...LIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRI...

Страница 44: ...elephone 15029550883 Fax 15029338713 Website usa asus com Software download support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Germany and Austria Address Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany Telephone 49210295990 Fax 492102959911 Online contact www asus com de sales Technical Support Telephone 49210295990 Fax 492102959911 Online support www asus com de support Website www asus com de news Available on this si...

Страница 45: ...RT G32 Router sem fios Uživatelská příručka RT G _Czech indd 1 1 7 09 1 19 PM ...

Страница 46: ...ČEL V ŽÁDNÉM PŘÍPADĚ NEBUDE FIRMA ASUS JEJÍ ŘEDITELÉ VEDOUCÍ PRACOVNÍCI ZAMĚSTNANCI ANI ZÁSTUPCI ODPOVÍDAT ZA ŽÁDNÉ NEPŘÍMÉ ZVLÁŠTNÍ NAHODILÉ NEBO NÁSLEDNÉ ŠKODY VČETNĚ ZA ZTRÁTU ZISKŮ ZTRÁTU PODNIKATELSKÉ PŘÍLEŽITOSTI ZTRÁTU POUŽITELNOSTI ČI ZTRÁTU DAT PŘERUŠENÍ PODNIKÁNÍ A PODOBNĚ I KDYŽ BYLA FIRMA ASUS UPOZORNĚNA NA MOŽNOST TAKOVÝCH ŠKOD ZPŮSOBENÝCH JAKOUKOLIV VADOU V TÉTO PŘÍRUČCE NEBO VE VÝRO...

Страница 47: ...ní pevného připojení 11 Vytvoření bezdrátového připojení 12 Konfigurování bezdrátového směrovače 12 Používání webového rozhraní GUI 12 Kapitola 3 Konfigurování síťových klientů Přístup k bezdrátovému směrovači 14 Nastavení adresy IP pro klienta s pevným nebo bezdrátovým připojením 14 Kapitola 4 Konfigurování prostřednictvím webového rozhraní GUI Konfigurování prostřednictvím webového rozhraní GUI ...

Страница 48: ...e ASUS Kapitola 2 Nastavení hardwaru Tato kapitola obsahuje pokyny pro instalaci přístup a konfigurování bezdrátového směrovače ASUS Kapitola 3 Konfigurování síťových klientů Tato kapitola obsahuje pokyny pro nastavení klientů v síti za účelem spolupráce s bezdrátovým směrovačem ASUS Instalování nástrojů 24 Vyhledání zařízení 26 Obnova firmwaru 26 EZSetup 29 Tlačítko rychlého nastavení WPS 32 Kapi...

Страница 49: ...vání problémů Tato kapitola obsahuje průvodce odstraňováním běžných problémů se kterými se můžete setkat při používání bezdrátového směrovače ASUS Dodatky Tato kapitola obsahuje regulatorní oznámení a bezpečnostní prohlášení Konvence používané v této příručce VAROVÁNÍ tyto informace varují před nebezpečím zranění během postupu UPOZORNĚNÍ Tyto informace upozorňují na nebezpečí poškození součástí bě...

Страница 50: ...omunikace Nainstalovaný protokol TCP IP a internetový prohlížeč Suporta o Internet Explorer 6 0 ou superior Než budete pokračovat Před instalací bezdrátového směrovače ASUS si přečtěte následující zásady Délka ethernetového kabelu který připojuje zařízení k síti rozbočovač model ADSL kabelový směrovač nástěnná přípojka nesmí přesáhnout 100 metrů Umístěte zařízení na rovný a stabilní povrch co nejd...

Страница 51: ...vé indikátory Indikátor LED Stav Indikace Napájení Vyp Žádné napájení Zap Systém připraven WLAN bezdrátová síť Vyp Žádné napájení Zap Bezdrátový systém připraven Bliká Vysílání nebo přijímání dat prostřednictvím bezdrátového připojení LAN 1 4 místní síť Vyp Vypnuto nebo žádné fyzické připojení Zap Fyzické připojení k síti Ethernet Bliká Vysílání nebo přijímání dat prostřednictvím kabelu Ethernet S...

Страница 52: ...onalidade WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup OBNOVIT Prima durante três segundos para restaurar as definições de fábrica WAN Připojením kabelu RJ 45 Ethernet k tomuto portu vytvoříte připojení WAN LAN1 LAN4 Připojením kabelů RJ 45 Ethernet k těmto portům vytvoříte připojení LAN DC 12V Insira o transformador DC nesta porta para ligar o seu router a uma fonte de alimentação RT G32_Czech indd 8 1 7 09 1 5 PM ...

Страница 53: ...táži směrovače na betonový nebo dřevěný povrch pomocí dvou šroubků s kulatou hlavou 2 Vzduchové průduchy Tyto větrací otvory zajišťují větrání směrovače Poznámka Podrobné pokyny pro montáž směrovače na stěnu nebo na strop viz část Mounting options Možnosti montáže na další stránce této uživatelské příručky RT G _Czech indd 9 1 7 09 1 PM ...

Страница 54: ...ovněž upravit pro montáž na stěnu nebo na strop Montáž zařízení ASUS RT G32 1 Vyhledejte dva montážní otvory na spodní straně 2 Přeneste dva horní otvory na stěnu nebo na zvýšenou rovnou plochu 3 Zašroubujte dva šrouby tak aby vyčnívaly pouze 0 5 cm nad povrch 4 Nasaďte otvory zařízení ASUS RT G32 na šrouby Poznámka Pokud nelze bezdrátový směrovač ASUS zajistit na šrouby nebo pokud jsou šrouby pří...

Страница 55: ...rátovou síť Poznámky Další podrobnosti o nástroji EZSetup viz část EZSetup v Kapitole 5 této uživatelské příručky Vytvoření pevného připojení V krabici s bezdrátovým směrovačem ASUS je dodáván ethernetový kabel Tento bezdrátový směrovač je vybaven integrovanou funkcí automatického křížení takže pro pevné připojení použijte buď přímý nebo křížový kabel Pokyny pro vytvoření pevného připojení 1 Zapně...

Страница 56: ... Konfigurování bezdrátového směrovače Tento bezdrátový směrovač ASUS je vybaven webovým grafickým uživatelským rozhraním webové GUI které umožňuje konfigurovat bezdrátový směrovač prostřednictvím webového prohlížeče ve vašem počítači Používání webového rozhraní GUI Pokud je počítač připojen ke směrovači pomocí kabelu po spuštění webového prohlížeče se automaticky zobrazí stránka pro přihlášení k w...

Страница 57: ...k tomuto výchozímu síťového názvu SSID 3 Po vytvoření bezdrátového připojení spusťte webový prohlížeč Poznámky Můžete rovněž ručně zadat výchozí adresu IP směrovače 192 168 1 1 pro spuštění webového rozhraní směrovače Další podrobnosti o konfigurování bezdrátového směrovače pomocí webového rozhraní GUI viz Chapter 4 Configuring via the web GUI Kapitola 4 Konfigurování prostřednictvím webového rozh...

Страница 58: ...ientům v síti Nicméně v některých případech můžete chtít ručně přidělovat statické adresy IP některým klientům nebo počítačům v síti a nezískávat adresy IP automaticky pro bezdrátový směrovač Postupujte podle pokynů níže které odpovídají operačnímu systému nainstalovanému v klientovi nebo v počítači Poznámka Chcete li ručně přidělit adresu IP klientovi doporučujeme použít následující nastavení Adr...

Страница 59: ... IP a potom klepněte na Properties Vlastnosti 3 Chcete li aby počítač získal adresu IP automaticky klepněte na možnost Obtain an IP address automatically Získat adresu IP automaticky a potom klepněte na tlačítko OK Jinak klepněte na možnost Specify an IP address Zadat adresu IP a potom zadejte IP address Adresa IP a Subnet Mask Maska podsítě RT G _Czech indd 15 1 7 09 1 0 PM ...

Страница 60: ...na a potom klepněte na Add Přidat 5 Vyberte kartu DNS configuration Konfigurace DNS a potom klepněte na Enable DNS Povolit DNS Zadejte Host Hostitel Domain Doména a DNS Server Search Order Pořadí hledání serveru DNS a potom klepněte na tlačítko Add Přidat 6 Klepněte na OK RT G _Czech indd 1 1 7 09 1 PM ...

Страница 61: ...k Protocols Síťové protokoly vyberte položku TCP IP Protocol Protokol TCP IP a potom klepněte na Properties Vlastnosti 3 Na kartě IP Address Adresa IP okna Microsoft TCP IP Properties Vlastnosti protokolu TCP IP lze Vyberte typ síťového adaptéru nainstalovaného ve vašem systému Nastavte směrovač na přidělování adres IP automaticky Ručně nastavte adresu IP masku podsítě a výchozí bránu RT G _Czech ...

Страница 62: ...der Pořadí hledání serveru DNS a zadejte DNS Windows 2000 1 Klepněte na Start Control Panel Ovládací panely Network and Dial up Connection Síťová a telefonická připojení Klepněte pravým tlačítkem myši na Local Area Connection Připojení k místní síti a potom klepněte na Properties Vlastnosti RT G32_Czech indd 18 1 7 09 1 5 PM ...

Страница 63: ...lt gateway Výchozí brána 4 Chcete li aby byla nastavení serveru DNS přiřazována automaticky vyberte Obtain an IP address automatically Získat adresu IP automaticky Jinak vyberte Use the following DNS server address Použít následující adresu serveru DNS a zadejte Preferred Upřednostňovaný a Alternate DNS server Náhradní server DNS 5 Po dokončení klepněte na OK Windows XP 1 Klepněte na Start Control...

Страница 64: ...llowing IP address a zadejte IP address Adresa IP Subnet mask Maska podsítě a Default gateway Výchozí brána 4 Chcete li aby byla nastavení serveru DNS přiřazována automaticky vyberte Obtain DNS server address automatically Získat adresu serveru DNS automaticky Jinak vyberte Use the following DNS server addresses Použít následující adresy serveru DNS a zadejte Preferred and Alternate DNS server Upř...

Страница 65: ...pro konfigurování prostřednictvím webového rozhraní GUI 1 Po vytvoření pevného nebo bezdrátového připojení spusťte webový prohlížeč Automaticky se zobrazí stránka pro přihlášení Poznámka Webové rozhraní směrovače můžete rovněž spustit ručním zadáním výchozí adresy IP směrovače 192 168 1 1 2 Na stránce pro přihlášení zadejte výchozí uživatelské jméno admin a heslo admin 3 Klepnutím na nabídku navig...

Страница 66: ...radování firmwaru 1 Klepněte na Setting Definições v navigační nabídce na levé straně obrazovky 2 V nabídce Administration Správa klepněte na Firmware Upgrade Upgrade firmwaru 3 V poli New Firmware File Soubor nového firmwaru klepnutím na Browse Procházet vyhledejte nový firmware v počítači 4 Klepněte na Upload Odeslat Proces odesílání trvá přibližně tři minuty Poznámka Dojde li při procesu upgrad...

Страница 67: ...kládání odesílání 3 Vyberte úlohy které chcete provést Chcete li obnovit výchozí tovární nastavení klepněte na Restore Obnovit a potom klepněte na tlačítko OK v potvrzovací zprávě Chcete li uložit aktuální systémová nastavení klepněte na Save Uložit a klepnutím na Save Uložit v okně stažení souboru uložte systémový soubor do upřednostňovaného umístění Chcete li obnovit předchozí systémová nastaven...

Страница 68: ...peračním systému Microsoft Windows vložte podpůrný disk CD do jednotky CD Není li aktivována funkce automatického spuštění spusťte soubor setup exe v kořenovém adresáři podpůrného disku CD Instalace nástrojů 1 Clique em Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities Instalar utilitários do router ASUS sem fios Instalování nástrojů 2 Klepněte na tlačítko Next Další RT G32_Czech indd 24 1 7 09 1 9 PM ...

Страница 69: ...přijměte výchozí cílovou složku nebo klepněte na tlačítko Browse Procházet a zadejte jiné umístění 5 Clique em Install Instalar para instalar o utilitário 6 Po dokončení instalace klepněte na tlačítko Finish Dokončit 4 Clique em Next Seguinte RT G _Czech indd 5 1 7 09 2 16 40 PM ...

Страница 70: ...estoration Obnova firmwaru je nástroj který vyhledá bezdrátový směrovač ASUS který selhal během aktualizace svého firmwaru a potom obnoví nebo znovu načte určený firmware Tento proces trvá přibližně tři až čtyři minuty NÃO utilize este utilitário a menos que encontre situações anormais tais como firmware danificado falha de actualização ou de sistema 1 Transfira as versões mais recentes do firmwar...

Страница 71: ...254 3 Desligue o router sem fios prima e mantenha premido o botão reset reiniciar e ligue novamente o dispositivo O dispositivo sem fios entrará em modo de recuperação quando o LED WLAN piscar NÃO desligue ou reinicie o dispositivo durante a actualização do firmware Se o fizer poderá provocar falhas no arranque do sistema Sugerimos que utilize a ligação com fios e defina manualmente o endereço IP ...

Страница 72: ...mas ASUS Utility Utilitário ASUS RT G32 Wireless Router Router sem fios RT G32 Firmware Restoration Restauro do firmware 5 Clique em Browse Procurar para seleccionar o ficheiro de firmware e depois clique em Upload Enviar 6 Depois do envio com êxito do firmware o dispositivo reiniciará automaticamente RT G32_Czech indd 28 1 7 09 2 16 43 PM ...

Страница 73: ...xt Další 2 Introduza o nome de utilizador e a palavra passe para configurar o router sem fios na Web Po dokončení klepněte na tlačítko Next Další EZSetup O EZSetup é um utilitário que lhe permite configurar facilmente a sua rede sem fios Antes de instalar o EZSetup certifique se que o RT G32 está ligado ao modem ou ao PC por um cabo RJ45 RT G _Czech indd 9 1 7 09 2 16 43 PM ...

Страница 74: ... nome de rede SSID e o canal clique em Next Seguinte para continuar A ligar A ligação falhou Se a ligação falhar certifique se que o hardware está devidamente ligado e clique em Re search Procurar novamente para procurar novamente RT G _Czech indd 0 1 7 09 2 16 44 PM ...

Страница 75: ...uir para terminar as definições das redes internas 5 Seleccione o seu tipo de ligação a partir dos seguintes tipos de serviços de ISP Automatic IP IP automático PPPoE PPTP L2TP e Static IP IP estático Introduza as informações necessárias para o tipo de ligação do seu ISP Quando terminar clique em Next Seguinte RT G _Czech indd 1 1 7 09 2 16 45 PM ...

Страница 76: ... G31 s funkcí WPS podle následujících pokynů aktivujte rychlé nastavení WPS 1 Aby bylo možné WPS používat musí být aktivována softwarové funkce WPS bezdrátového směrovače RT G32 a dalšího počítače 2 Stiskněte tlačítko WPS na zadním panelu bezdrátového směrovače RT G32 3 Po navázání spojení WPS se může indikátor LED WLAN směrovače RT G32 WLAN LED rozsvítit a pomalu blikat RT G _Czech indd 1 7 09 2 ...

Страница 77: ...net Options Možnosti Internetu 2 V části Temporary Internet fines Dočasné soubory Internetu klepněte na Delete Cookies Vymazat soubory cookie a Delete Files Odstranit soubory Klient nemůže navázat bezdrátové připojení ke směrovači Mimo dosah Umístěte směrovač blíže k bezdrátovému klientovi Zkuste změnit nastavení kanálu Autentifikace Připojte se ke směrovači pomocí kabelu Zkontrolujte nastavení be...

Страница 78: ...vové indikátory na modemu ADSL a bezdrátovém směrovači Zkontrolujte zda indikátor WAN LED na bezdrátovém směrovači SVÍTÍ Pokud indikátor LED NESVÍTÍ vyměňte kabel a akci zopakujte Když indikátor Link modemu ADSL SVÍTÍ nebliká znamená to že lze přistupovat k Internetu Restartujte počítač Překonfigurujte nastavení podle Stručného návodu k obsluze bezdrátového směrovače Zkontrolujte zda indikátor WAN...

Страница 79: ...uste znovu nakonfigurovat pevné připojení a bezdrátové šifrování Stiskněte a podržte tlačítko Restore Obnovit na zadním panelu bezdrátového směrovače déle než pět sekund Pokyny pro obnovení výchozích nastavení systému Stiskněte a podržte tlačítko Restore Obnovit na zadním panelu bezdrátového směrovače déle než pět sekund Viz část Firmware Restoration Obnova firmwaru v Kapitole 5 této uživatelské p...

Страница 80: ...nications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the ...

Страница 81: ...ted These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted These a...

Страница 82: ...its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are ...

Страница 83: ...a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and m...

Страница 84: ...ute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to ...

Страница 85: ...nse or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You a...

Страница 86: ... he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the...

Страница 87: ...RCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS P...

Страница 88: ...n 15029550883 Fax 15029338713 Webová stránka usa asus com Stažení softwaru support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Německo a Rakousko Adresa Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Německo Telefon 49210295990 Fax 492102959911 Kontakt online www asus com de sales Technická podpora Telefon 49210295990 Fax 492102959911 Podpora online www asus com de support Webová stránka www asus com de news Na těchto webových s...

Страница 89: ...RT G32 Draadloze Router Gebruikershandleiding RT G NLD indd 1 1 7 09 18 40 PM ...

Страница 90: ...RECTEURS FUNCTIONARISSEN WERKNEMERS OF AGENTEN AANSPRAKELIJK ZIJN VOOR ENIGE INDIRECTE SPECIALE INCIDENTELE OF GEVOLGSCHADE INCLUSIEF SCHADE DOOR WINSTDERVING VERLIES VAN HANDEL VERLIES VAN GEBRUIK OF GEGEVENS ONDERBREKING VAN HANDEL EN DERGELIJKE ZELFS ALS ASUS OP DE HOOGTE WERD GEBRACHT VAN DE MOGELIJKHEID VAN DERGELIJKE SCHADE DIE VOORTVLOEIT UIT FOUTEN IN DEZE HANDLEIDING OF DEFECTEN AAN HET P...

Страница 91: ...e router instellen 11 Een bekabelde verbinding instellen 11 Een draadloze verbinding maken 12 De draadloze router configureren 12 De web GUI gebruiken 12 De netwerkclients configureren 14 De draadloze router starten 14 Een IP adres instellen voor een bekabelde of draadloze client 14 Configureren via de grafische webinterface 21 Configureren via de grafische webinterface 21 De instelling configurer...

Страница 92: ...van de draadloze router van ASUS Hoofdstuk 2 De hardware instellen Dit hoofdstuk biedt instructies over de instelling toegang en configuratie van de draadloze router van ASUS Hoofdstuk 3 De netwerkclients configureren Dit hoofdstuk biedt instructies over het instellen van de clients in uw netwerk om met uw draadloze router van ASUS te werken De hulpprogramma s installeren 24 Apparaatopsporing 26 F...

Страница 93: ...jke problemen die zich kunnen voordoen tijdens het gebruik van de draadloze router van ASUS kunt oplossen Bijlagen In dit hoofdstuk vindt u de regelgevende mededelingen en veiligheidsverklaringen Conventies die in deze handleiding worden gebruikt WAARSCHUWING informatie om lichamelijke letsels te voorkomen wanneer u een taak probeert uit te voeren OPGELET Informatie om schade aan de onderdelen te ...

Страница 94: ...s één IEEE 802 11b g apparaat met draadloze capaciteit Een geïnstalleerde TCP IP en internetbrowser Ondersteuning voor Internet Explorer 6 0 of hoger Voordat u doorgaat Houd rekening met de volgende richtlijnen voordat u de draadloze router van ASUS installeert De ethernetkabel die het apparaat met het netwerk verbindt hub ADSL kabelmodem router muurpatch mag niet langer zijn dan 100 meter Plaats ...

Страница 95: ...pen Voorpaneel Statusindicators LED Status Aanduiding Voeding Uit Geen voeding Aan Systeem gereed WLAN draadloos LAN Uit Geen voeding Aan Draadloos systeem gereed Knipperend Gegevens verzenden of ontvangen draadloos LAN 1 4 lokaal netwerk Uit Geen stroom of geen fysieke verbinding Aan Heeft een fysieke verbinding met een ethernet netwerk Knipperend Gegevens verzenden of ontvangen via een ethernetk...

Страница 96: ...elling WPS te starten Reset Drie seconden indrukken om de standaard fabrieksinstellingen te herstellen WAN Sluit een RJ 45 ethernetkabel aan op deze poort om een WAN verbinding te maken LAN1 LAN4 Sluit RJ 45 ethernetkabels aan op deze poorten om een LAN verbinding te maken 12V gelijkstroom Stop de gelijkstroomadapter in deze poort om uw router aan te sluiten op een stroombron RT G NLD indd 8 1 7 0...

Страница 97: ...p betonnen of houten oppervlakken met de twee bolkopschroeven 2 Ventilatieopeningen Deze ventilatieopeningen bieden ventilatie aan uw router Opmerking raadpleeg het hoofdstuk Mounting options Montageopties op de volgende pagina van deze gebruikershandleiding voor details over het monteren van uw router aan een muur of plafond RT G NLD indd 9 1 7 09 18 4 PM ...

Страница 98: ...e worden gemonteerd tegen een muur of aan het plafond De draadloze router van ASUS monteren 1 Zoek de twee montagehaken aan de onderzijde 2 Markeer de twee bovenste gaten in een plat oppervlak 3 Maak de twee schroeven vast tot u 1 4 kunt zien 4 Haak de haken van de draadloze router van ASUS in de schroeven Opmerking pas de schroeven opnieuw aan als u de draadloze ASUS router niet op de schroeven k...

Страница 99: ...n hoofdstuk 5 van deze gebruikershandleiding voor meer details over EZSetup Een bekabelde verbinding instellen De draadloze router van ASUS wordt geleverd met een ethernetkabel De draadloze router heeft een automatische kruislingse functie geïntegreerd Gebruik een rechte of gekruiste kabel voor een bekabelde verbinding De bekabelde verbinding instellen 1 Schakel uw router en de modem in 2 Gebruik ...

Страница 100: ...ebruikersinterface web GUI waarmee u de draadloze router kunt configureren via een webbrowser op uw computer De web GUI gebruiken Als uw pc op de router is aangesloten met een kabel wordt een webbrowser gestart en verschijnt de aanmeldingspagina van de webinterface van de router automatisch Als uw pc draadloos is verbonden met de router moet u eerst het netwerk selecteren Het netwerk selecteren 1 ...

Страница 101: ... Opmerkingen U kunt ook het standaard IP adres van de router 192 168 1 1 handmatig invoeren om de webinterface van de router te starten Meer details over het configureren van uw draadloze router vindt u op de web GUI vindt u in Hoofdstuk 4 Configureren via de grafische webinterface RT G NLD indd 1 1 7 09 18 44 PM ...

Страница 102: ...adressen willen toewijzen aan enkele clients of computer in uw netwerk dan automatisch IP adressen op te halen van uw draadloze router Volg de onderstaande instructies die overeenkomen met het besturingssysteem dat op uw client of computer is geïnstalleerd Opmerking als u een IP adres handmatig wilt toewijzen aan uw client raden wij u aan de volgende instellingen te gebruiken IP adres 192 168 1 xx...

Страница 103: ...ecteer TCP IP en klik vervolgens op Properties Eigenschappen 3 Als u wilt dat uw computer automatisch een IP adres ophaalt klikt u op Obtain an IP address automatically Automatisch een IP adres verkrijgen en vervolgens op OK Klik anders op Specify an IP address Een IP adres opgeven en vul vervolgens de velden IP address IP adres en Subnet Mask Subnetmasker in RT G NLD indd 15 1 7 09 18 44 PM ...

Страница 104: ... gateway in en klik vervolgens op Add Toevoegen 5 Selecteer het tabblad DNS configuration DNS configuratie en klik op Enable DNS DNS inschakelen Vul Host Domain Domein en DNS Server Search Order zoekvolgorde DNS server in en klik vervolgens op Add Toevoegen 6 Klik op OK RT G NLD indd 16 1 7 09 18 45 PM ...

Страница 105: ... in de lijst Network Protocols Netwerkprotocollen en klik vervolgens op Properties Eigenschappen 3 Op het tabblad IP Address IP adres van de vensters Microsoft TCP IP Properties Microsoft TCP IP eigenschappen kunt u het volgende doen Selecteer het type netwerkadapter dat op uw systeem is geïnstalleerd Stel de router in om automatisch een IP adres toe te wijzen Stel het IP adres het subnetmasker en...

Страница 106: ...ervice Search Order Zoekvolgorde DNS service en vul de DNS in Windows 2000 1 Klik op Start Control Panel Configuratiescherm Network and Dial up Connection Netwerk en inbelverbindingen Klik met de rechtermuisknop op Local Area Connection LAN verbinding en selecteer Properties Eigenschappen RT G NLD indd 18 1 7 09 18 46 PM ...

Страница 107: ...ateway Standaard gateway in 4 Selecteer Obtain an IP address automatically Automatisch een IP adres verkrjgen als u wilt dat de DNS serverinstellingen automatisch worden toegewezen Selecteer anders Use the following DNS server address Het volgende DNS serveradres gebruiken en voer de Preferred Voorkeurs en Alternate DNS server Alternatieve DNS server in 5 Klik op OK als u klaar bent Windows XP 1 K...

Страница 108: ...olgende IP adres gebruiken en voer IP address IP adres Subnet mask Subnetmasker en Default gateway Standaard gateway in 4 Selecteer Obtain DNS server address automatically Automatisch een DNS serveradres verkrjgen als u wilt dat de DNS serverinstellingen automatisch worden toegewezen Selecteer anders Use the following DNS server addresses De volgende DNS serveradressen gebruiken en voer de Preferr...

Страница 109: ... hebt ingesteld De aanmeldingspagina wordt automatisch gestart Opmerking U kunt ook het standaard IP adres van de router 192 168 1 1 handmatig invoeren om de webinterface van de router te starten 2 Voer de standaard gebruikersnaam admin en het wachtwoord admin in op de aanmeldingspagina 3 Klik in de hoofdpagina op het navigatiemenu of op de koppelingen om de verschillende functies van de draadloze...

Страница 110: ...tiemenu aan de linkerzijde van uw scherm op Setting Instelling 2 Klik onder het menu Administration Beheer op Firmware Upgrade 3 Klik in het veld New Firmware File Nieuw firmwarebestand op Browse Bladeren om de nieuwe firmware op uw computer te zoeken 4 Klik op Upload Uploaden Het uploaden duurt ongeveer drie minuten Opmerking Als de upgrade mislukt gaat de draadloze router automatisch naar de noo...

Страница 111: ...e taken die u wilt uitvoeren Om de standaard fabrieksinstellingen te herstellen klikt u op Restore Herstellen en klikt u vervolgens in het bevestigingsbericht op OK Om de huidige systeeminstellingen op te slaan klikt u op Save Opslaan Klik in het venster voor het downloaden van bestanden op Save Opslaan om het systeembestand in het pad van uw voorkeur op te slaan Om de voorgaande systeeminstelling...

Страница 112: ...van ASUS onder Microsoft Windows te installeren plaatst u de ondersteunings cd in het cd romstation Als Autorun is uitgeschakeld moet u setup exe uitvoeren vanaf de hoofdmap van de ondersteunings cd De hulpprogramma s installeren 2 Klik op Next Volgende De hulpprogramma s installeren 1 Klik op Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities Hulpprogramma s draadloze router ASUS installeren RT G NLD indd 4 ...

Страница 113: ...e om de standaard doelmap te accepteren of klik op Browse Bladeren om een ander pad op te geven 5 Klik op Install Installeren om het hulpprogramma te installeren 6 Klik op Finish Voltooien nadat de instelling is voltooid 4 Klik op Next Volgende RT G NLD indd 5 1 7 09 18 49 PM ...

Страница 114: ...rstel is een hulpprogramma dat een draadloze router van ASUS zoekt die tijdens het upgraden van de firmware is defect geraakt Daarna zorgt dit programma dat de firmware die u hebt opgegeven wordt hersteld of opnieuw wordt geüpload Dit proces duurt drie tot vier minuten Gebruik dit hulpprogramma NIET tenzij er abnormale situaties optreden zoals beschadigde firmware een fout bij het upgraden of een ...

Страница 115: ...r uit houdt de resetknop ingedrukt en schakel het apparaat opnieuw in Het draadloze apparaat gaat naar de reddingsmodus nadat de WLAN LED begint te knipperen Sluit het apparaat NIET af of voer geen reset uit van het apparaat terwijl de firmware update wordt uitgevoerd Hierdoor kan een opstartfout van het systeem worden veroorzaakt Wij raden u aan een bekabelde verbinding te gebruiken en het IP adr...

Страница 116: ...ramma s ASUS Utility ASUS hulpprogramma RT G32 Wireless Router RT G32 draadloze router Firmware Restoration Firmwareherstel 5 Klik op Browse Bladeren om het firmwarebestand te kiezen en klik op Upload Uploaden 6 Nadat de firmware is geüpload wordt het apparaat automatisch opnieuw opgestart RT G NLD indd 8 1 7 09 18 49 PM ...

Страница 117: ... Voer de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord in om de draadloze router op het web te configureren Klik op Next Volgende wanneer u klaar bent EZSetup EZSetup is een hulpprogramma waarmee u uw draadloos netwerk gemakkelijk kunt instellen Voordat u EZSetup installeert moet u controleren of uw RT G32 is aangesloten op de modem of pc via de RJ45 kabel RT G NLD indd 9 1 7 09 18 50 PM ...

Страница 118: ...het kanaal zijn ingesteld klikt u op Next Volgende om door te gaan Verbinden Verbinding mislukt Als de verbinding is mislukt moet u controleren of de hardwareomgeving correct is aangesloten en moet u klikken op Re search Opnieuw zoeken om het zoeken opnieuw te starten RT G NLD indd 0 1 7 09 18 50 PM ...

Страница 119: ...ureren Klik op Finish Voltooien om de interne netwerkinstellingen te voltooien 5 Selecteer uw verbindingstype uit deze types ISP services Automatic IP Automatisch IP PPPoE PPTP L2TP en Static IP Voer de informatie in die nodig is voor uw ISP verbindingstype Klik op Next Volgende wanneer u klaar bent RT G NLD indd 1 1 7 09 18 51 PM ...

Страница 120: ...t moet u de onderstaande instructies volgen om de snelle WPS installatie mogelijk te maken 1 Om WPS te gebruiken moet u controleren of de RT G32 draadloze router en de draadloze WPS softwarefunctie van een andere computer zijn ingeschakeld 2 Duw op het achterpaneel van de RT G32 draadloze router op de WPS knop 3 De RT G32 WLAN LED kan oplichten en trager knipperen nadat de WPS verbinding is gemaak...

Страница 121: ...op Tools Extra Internet Options Internet opties 2 Klik onder Temporary Internet files Tijdelijke internetbestanden op Delete Cookies Cookies verwijderen en Delete Files Bestanden verwijderen De client kan geen draadloze verbinding maken met de router Buiten bereik Plaats de router dichter bij de draadloze client Probeer de kanaalinstellingen te wijzigen Verificatie Gebruik een bekabelde verbinding...

Страница 122: ...AN is niet knipperend betekent dit dat er geen internettoegang mogelijk is Start uw computer opnieuw op Raadpleeg de Snelstarthandleiding van de draadloze router en configureer de instellingen opnieuw Controleer of de WAN LED op de draadloze router AAN is Controleer de draadloze codeerinstellingen Controleer of de computer het IP adres kan verkrijgen zowel via bekabeld als draadloos netwerk Contro...

Страница 123: ...gen Houd de knop Restore Herstel op het achterpaneel van de draadloze router langer dan vijf seconden ingedrukt Raadpleeg de paragraaf Restoring to the default settings Herstellen naar de standaardinstellingen in hoofdstuk 4 van deze gebruikershandleiding Hieronder vindt u de standaard fabrieksinstellingen Gebruikersnaam admin Wachtwoord admin DHCP inschakelen Ja als WAN kabel is aangesloten IP ad...

Страница 124: ...munications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase th...

Страница 125: ...ducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted Thes...

Страница 126: ...all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses ...

Страница 127: ...and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution a...

Страница 128: ...tribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights...

Страница 129: ...the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to...

Страница 130: ...through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explic...

Страница 131: ...SS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABL...

Страница 132: ... 15029338713 Website usa asus com Softwaredownload support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Duitsland en Oostenrijk Adres Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany Telefoon 49210295990 Fax 492102959911 Online contact www asus com de sales Technische ondersteuning Telefoon 49210295990 Fax 492102959911 Online ondersteuning www asus com de support Website www asus com de news Op deze site is een online techn...

Страница 133: ...RT G32 Routeur sans fil Manuel de l utilisateur ...

Страница 134: ... OU D APTITUDE POUR UN USAGE PARTICULIER EN AUCUN CAS ASUS SES DIRECTEURS CADRES EMPLOYES OU AGENTS NE POURRONT ÊTRE TENUS POUR RESPONSABLES POUR TOUT DOMMAGE INDIRECT SPECIAL SECONDAIRE OU CONSECUTIF INCLUANT LES DOMMAGES POUR PERTE DE PROFIT PERTE DE COMMERCE PERTE D UTILISATION DE DONNEES INTERRUPTION DE COMMERCE ET EVENEMENTS SEMBLABLES MEME SI ASUS A ETE INFORME DE LA POSSIBILITE DE TELS DOMM...

Страница 135: ...onfigurer le matériel Configurer le routeur sans fil 11 Configurer une connexion filaire 11 Configurer une connexion sans fil 12 Configurer le routeur sans fil 12 Utiliser l interface Web 12 Chapitre 3 Configurer les clients réseau Accéder au routeur sans fil 14 Définir l adresse IP d un client filaire ou sans fil 14 Chapitre 4 Configuration via l interface Web Configuration via l interface Web 21...

Страница 136: ...ans fil ASUS Comment ce guide est organisé Ce guide contient les sections suivantes Chapitre 1 Présentation du routeur sans fil Ce chapitre fournit des informations sur le contenu de l emballage les configurations système requises les caractéristiques matérielles et les indicateurs lumineux du routeur sans fil ASUS Chapitre 2 Configurer le matériel Ce chapitre fournit des instructions sur l instal...

Страница 137: ...de l utilisation du routeur sans fil ASUS Appendice Ce chapitre décrit les normes et déclarations de sécurité Conventions utilisées dans ce manuel Pour être sûr que vous procédiez à certaines tâches correctement retenez les symboles suivants utilisés tout au long de ce manuel DANGER AVERTISSEMENT Information vous évitant de vous blesser lorsque vous effectuez une tâche ATTENTION Information vous é...

Страница 138: ... moins un périphérique sans fil IEEE 802 11b g Des paramètres TCP IP et un explorateur Web installés Supporte Internet Explorer 6 ou version ultérieure Avant de commencer Veuillez prendre en compte les indications suivantes avant d installer votre routeur sans fil ASUS La longueur du câble raccordant l appareil au réseau hub modem ADSL câble routeur patch mural ne doit pas excéder 100 mètres Place...

Страница 139: ...ption de données en cours par le câble Ethernet WAN Réseau étendu Eteint Pas d alimentation ou de connexion physique Allumé Connexion physique à un réseau Ethernet Clignotement Transmission ou réception de données en cours par le câble Ethernet Intsallez l appareil dans un endroit central afin d obtenir une couverture idéale pour tous les périphériques sans fil mobiles Installez l appareil à une d...

Страница 140: ...ire WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Reset Appuyez sur ce bouton pendant 3 secondes pour restaurer les paramètres par défaut du routeur WAN Connectez un câble Ethernet RJ 45 sur ce port pour établir une connexion au réseau étendu WAN LAN1 LAN4 Raccordez des câbles RJ 45 à ces ports pour établir une connexion au réseau local LAN DC 12V Branchez l adaptateur secteur sur ce port pour connecter le routeur à ...

Страница 141: ...ur installer votre routeur sur un mur ou une surface en bois à l aide des deux vis à tête ronde 2 Ouvertures de ventilation Ces ouvertures permettent de refroidir efficacement votre routeur Note pour plus de détails sur comment installer le routeur sur un mur ou au plafond référez vous à la section Options de montage située à la page suivante ...

Страница 142: ...au plafond Pour monter le routeur sans fil ASUS 1 Localisez les deux crochets de fixation situés sur le dessous du routeur 2 Définissez deux trous sur un mur ou sur une autre surface plane 3 Serrez les deux vis jusqu à ce qu un quart seulement soit visible 4 Faites passer puis posez les crochets du routeur sans fil ASUS sur les vis Note réajustez les vis si vous ne pouvez pas installer le routeur ...

Страница 143: ...un réseau sécurisé Notes Pour plus de détails sur EZSetup référez vous à la section EZSetup du chapitre 5 de ce manuel de l utilisateur Configurer une connexion filaire Un câble Ethernet est fourni avec le routeur sans fil ASUS La fonction Auto crossover est intégrée au routeur sans fil pour que vous puissiez aussi bien utiliser un câble Ethernet droit que croisé Pour configurer une connexion fila...

Страница 144: ... le routeur sans fil Le routeur sans fil ASUS inclut un interface utilisateur en ligne qui permet de configurer le routeur sans fil sur votre ordinateur à l aide d un explorateur Web Utiliser l interface Web Si votre PC se connecte au routeur via un câble lancez un explorateur Web la fenêtre de connexion à l interface utilisateur en ligne s affichera automatiquement Si votre PC est relié au routeu...

Страница 145: ...s Vous pouvez également saisir manuellement l adresse IP par défaut du routeur 192 168 1 1 pour lancer l interface de configuration en ligne du routeur Pour plus de détails sur la configuration de votre routeur sans fil via l interface utilisateur en ligne référez vous au chapitre 4 Configuration via l interface Web ...

Страница 146: ...éférable d assigner manuellement une adresse IP statique à certains clients ou ordinateurs de votre réseau Suivez ci dessous correspondant au système d exploitation installé sur votre client ou ordinateur Note Si vous souhaitez assigner manuellement une adresse IP à un client nous vous recommandons d utiliser les paramètres suivants Adresse IP 192 168 1 xxx xxx est un nombre compris entre 2 et 254...

Страница 147: ... onglet Configuration cliquez sur Propriétés Properties 3 Si vous souhaitez que votre ordinateur obtienne automatiquement une adresse IP cliquez sur Obtenir une adresse IP automatiquement Obtain an IP address automatically puis cliquez sur OK Sinon cliquez sur Utiliser l adresse IP suivante Specify an IP address puis saisissez l adresse IP IP address et le masque de sous réseau Subnet Mask ...

Страница 148: ...relle New gateway puis cliquez sur Ajouter Add 5 Sélectionnez l onglet de configuration DNS DNS configuration puis cliquez sur Activer le service DNS Enable DNS Saisissez le nom d hôte Host le Domaine Domain et l ordre de recherche du serveur DNS DNS Server Search Order puis cliquez sur Ajouter Add 6 Cliquez sur OK ...

Страница 149: ...onnez TCP IP puis cliquez sur Propriétés 3 Dans l onglet Adresse IP IP Address de la fenêtre des propriétés TCP IP de Microsoft vous pouvez Sélectionner le type d adaptateur réseau installé sur votre système Configurer le routeur pour qu il assigne des adresses IP automatiquement Configurer manuellement les adresse IP le masque de sous réseau et la Passerelle par défaut ...

Страница 150: ...cherche du service DNS DNS Service Search Order et saisissez le nom de domaine Windows 2000 1 Cliquez sur Démarrer Panneau de configuration Réseau Connexions Réseau et accès à distance Network and dial up connection faites un clic droit sur Connexion à un réseau local Local Area Connection puis cliquez sur Propriétés Properties ...

Страница 151: ... sous réseau et de passerelle par défaut appropriés 4 Si vous souhaitez que les paramètres de serveur DNS soient assignés automatiquement sélectionnez Obtenir l adresse de serveur DNS automatiquement Obtain DNS serveraddress automatically Sinon sélectionnez Utiliser l adresse de serveur DNS suivante Use the following DNS server address et saisissez les adresses du serveur DNS Favori Preferred et d...

Страница 152: ... l adresse IP suivante Use the following IP address puis saisissez les adresses IP du masque sous réseau et de la passerelle par défaut 4 Si vous souhaitez que les paramètres de serveur DNS soient assignés automatiquement sélectionnez Obtenir l adresse de serveur DNS automatiquement Obtain DNS serveraddress automatically Sinon sélectionnez Utiliser l adresse de serveur DNS suivante Use the followi...

Страница 153: ... connexion filaire ou sans fil lancez un explorateur Web La page de connexion s affiche automatiquement Note Vous pouvez également saisisr manuellement l adresse IP par défaut du routeur 192 168 1 1 pour lancer l interface de configuration en ligne 2 Dans la fenêtre de connexion saisissez le nom d utilisateur par défaut admin et le mot de passe admin 3 Depuis la page principale cliquez sur les men...

Страница 154: ...jour échoue le routeur sans fil entre automatiquement en mode d urgence ou mode panne et le témoin lumineux situé sur le panneau avant se met à clignoter lentement Pour récupérer ou restaurer le système utilisez l utilitaire de restauration du Firmware Pour plus de détails sur cet utilitaire référez vous à la section Restauration du Firmware du chapitre 5 de ce manuel Configurer les paramètres Cet...

Страница 155: ...ches que vous souhaitez effectuer Pour restaurer les paramètres par défaut cliquez sur Restore puis cliquez sur OK lorsque le message de confirmation apparaît Pour sauvegarder les paramètres système actuels cliquez sur Save puis cliquez sur Save dans la fenêtre de téléchargement de fichiers pour sauvegarder le fichier système à l emplacement désiré Pour restaurer les paramètres système précédents ...

Страница 156: ...s fil ASUS Pour installer les utilitaires sans fil ASUS sous Microsoft Windows insérez le CD de support dans le lecteur CD de vote PC Si l exécution automatique est désactivée exécutez le fichier setup exe depuis le répertoire racine du CD de support Pour installer les utilitaires 1 Cliquez sur Install Utilities Installer les utilitaires 2 Cliquez sur Suivant ...

Страница 157: ... RT G32 3 Cliquez sur Suivant pour utiliser le dossier de destination par défaut ou cliquez sur Parcourir 5 Cliquez sur Install Installer pour installer l utilitaire 5 Cliquez sur Terminer une fois l installation effectuée 4 Cliquez sur Next ...

Страница 158: ...recherche automatiquement les routeurs sans fil ASUS dont la mise à niveau du firmware a échoué puis restaure ou charge le Firmware que vous avez spécifié Le processus prend de 3 à 4 minutes N UTILISEZ PAS cet utilitaire si vous ne rencontrez aucun des problèmes de firmware suivants firmware corrompu échec de la mise à jour ou crash du système 1 Téléchargez la dernière version du firmware depuis n...

Страница 159: ...r maintenez enfoncé le bouton Reset puis rallumez le routeur Le routeur entre en mode de secours lorsque la LED WAN se met à clignoter N ETEIGNEZ PAS le routeur pendant la réinitialisation du routeur ou pendant la mise à jour du firmware Ceci pourrait entraîner des erreurs de démarrage Il est recommandé d utiliser une connexion filaire pour la configuration initiale afin d éviter des problèmes d i...

Страница 160: ...Windows cliquez sur Démarrer Tous les programmes ASUS Utility RT G32 Wireless Router Firmware Restoration 5 Cliquez sur Browse Parcourir pour choisir le fichier du firmware puis cliquez sur Upload Charger 6 Une fois le firmware chargé le routeur redémarre automatiquement ...

Страница 161: ... nom d utilisateur et mot de passe pour configurer votre routeur sans fil via l interface Web Une fois terminé cliquez sur Next EZSetup EZSetup est utilitaire supportant le Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS Il vous permet de configurer rapidement un réseau sans fil sécurisé Avant d installez EZSetup assurez vous que le RT G32 soit connecté au modem ou au PC à l aide d un câble RJ45 ...

Страница 162: ...s que le SSID du réseau est défini que le canal est connecté cliquez sur Next connexion en cours Echec de la connexion Si la connexion échoue assurez vous que les connexion sont correctes puis cliquez sur Re search Nouvelle recherche pour détecter le routeur ...

Страница 163: ...nternet Cliquez sur Finish Terminer pour finir la configuration des paramètres réseaux 5 Sélectionnez votre type de connexion dans la liste suivante Automatic IP Adresse IP automatique PPPoE PPTP L2TP et Static IP Adresse Ip statique Saisissez les informations requises concernant votre fournisseur d accès à Internet Cliquez sur Next une fois terminé ...

Страница 164: ...intégrant la fonction WPS suivez les instructions suivantes pour activer WPS Quick setup 1 Afin d utiliser le WPS assurez vous que la fonction WPS du routeur RT G32 soit activée et que le logiciel WPS de l ordinateur soit activé 2 Appuyez sur le bouton WPS situé sur l arrière du routeur sans fil RT G32 3 La LED WLAN réseau sans fil du RT G32 s allume et clignote lentement lorsque la connexion WPS ...

Страница 165: ...boîte de dialogue Options Internet du menu Outils 2 Cliquez sur Supprimer les Cookies et Supprimer les fichiers dans Temporary Internet files Le client ne peut pas établir de connexion sans fil avec le routeur Hors de portée Rapprochez le client du routeur Essayez d autres paramètres de canaux Authentification Utilisez une connexion filaire pour vous connecter au routeur Vérifiez les paramètres de...

Страница 166: ...cela signifie qu il est possible d accéder à Internet Redémarrez votre ordinateur Référez vous au guide de configuration rapide du routeur et reconfigurez les paramètres Vérifiez que la LED WAN du routeur est allumée Vérifiez les paramètres de chiffrement sans fil Vérifiez si l ordinateur peut obtenir une adresse IP via un réseau Ethernet ou sans fil Vérifiez que votre navigateur Internet est conf...

Страница 167: ...ramètres par défaut du système Appuyez sur le bouton Restore situé sur l arrère du routeur pendant plus de 5 secondes Référez vous à la section Restaurer les paramètres par défaut du chapitre 3 Les éléments suivants sont les paramètres par défaut du routeur Nom d utilisateur admin Mot de passe admin Enable DHCP activer le service DHCP Oui si un câble WAN est connecté Adresse IP 192 168 1 1 Nom de ...

Страница 168: ... nocive aux communications radio Cependant il n est pas exclu qu une interférence se produise lors d une installation particulière Si cet équipement cause une interférence nuisible au signal radio ou télévisé ce qui peut être déterminé par l arrêt puis le réamorçage de celui ci l utilisateur est encouragé à essayer de corriger l interférence en s aidant d une ou plusieurs des mesures suivantes Réo...

Страница 169: ...elles telles que dans Article 3 Conditions de protection pour la salubrité et la sûreté tels que dans Article 3 1a Test de la sécurité électrique en conformité avec EN 60950 Conditions de protection pour la compatibilité électromagnétique dans Article 3 1b Test de la compatibilité électromagnétique dans EN 301 489 1 EN 301 Tests en accord avec 489 17 Utilisation efficace du spectre des radiofréque...

Страница 170: ...are is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General ...

Страница 171: ...program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copyin...

Страница 172: ...ions when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or co...

Страница 173: ... copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in ful...

Страница 174: ...r donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright h...

Страница 175: ...LIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRI...

Страница 176: ... CA 94539 USA Telephone 15029550883 Fax 15029338713 Website usa asus com Software download support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH France Adresse 10 allée de bienvenue 93160 Noisy le Grand France Téléphone 33 0 1 49 32 96 50 Fax 33 0 1 49 32 96 99 mail www asus com fr sales Support technique Telephone 08 21 23 27 87 support en ligne www asus com fr support site Web www asus com fr news Sur ce site un ...

Страница 177: ...RT G32 Wireless Router Benutzerhandbuch RT G indd 1 1 9 09 17 49 PM ...

Страница 178: ...SELBST WENN ASUS ÜBER DIE MÖGLICHKEIT SOLCHER SCHÄDEN DIE DURCH MÄNGEL ODER FEHLER IN DIESEM HANDBUCH ODER PRODUKT ENTSTEHEN KÖNNEN INFORMIERT WORDEN IST DIE IN DIESEM HANDBUCH ENTHALTENEN TECHNISCHEN DATEN UND INFORMATIONEN DIENEN NUR ZU INFORMATIONSZWECKEN KÖNNEN ZU JEDER ZEIT OHNE ANKÜNDIGUNG GEÄNDERT WERDEN UND SOLLTEN NICHT ALS VERPFLICHTUNG VON ASUS INTERPRETIERT WERDEN ASUS ÜBERNIMMT KEINE ...

Страница 179: ...ng 11 Einrichten einer Wireless Verbindung 12 Konfiguration des Wireless Routers 12 Benutzen der Web GUI 12 Konfigurieren der Netzwerk Clients 14 Zugreifen auf den drahtlosen Router 14 Einstellen einer IP Adresse für einen verdrahteten oder drahtlos verbundenen Client 14 Konfigurieren über die webbasierte grafische Benutzeroberfläche 21 Konfigurieren über die webbasierte grafische Benutzeroberfläc...

Страница 180: ...Kapitel 2 Einrichten der Hardware In diesen Kapitel erfahren Sie wie Sie den ASUS Wireless Router einrichten konfigurieren und darauf zugreifen können Kapitel 3 Konfiguration der Netzwerk Clients Dieses Kapitel bietet Ihnen Anleitungen zur Einrichtung der Clients in Ihrem Netzwerk zur Verfügung damit diese mit Ihren ASUS Wireless Router zusammenarbeiten können Installieren der Hilfsprogramme 24 De...

Страница 181: ...Sie bekannte Probleme lösen können die bei der Installation des ASUS Wireless Routers auftreten können Anhang In diesen Kapitel finden Sie die behördlichen Hinweise und Sicherheitserklärungen Im Handbuch verwendete Symbole WARNUNG Informationen zur Verhinderung von Verletzungen bei der Fertigstellung einer Aufgabe VORSICHT Informationen zur Verhinderung von Schäden an den Komponenten bei der Ferti...

Страница 182: ... TCP IP und ein Webbrowser Dieses Programm unterstützt Internet Explorer 6 0 oder neuere Versionen Bevor Sie fortfahren Beachten Sie die folgenden Richtlinien bevor Sie den ASUS Wireless Router installieren Die Länge des Ethernet Kabels zur Verbindung des Gerätes mit einem Netzwerk Hub DSL Kabelmodem Router darf 100 Meter nicht überschreiten Stellen Sie das Gerät auf eine stabile ebene Oberfläche ...

Страница 183: ...chreibung Strom Aus Keine Stromversorgung Ein System bereit WLAN Wireless LAN Aus Kein Strom Ein Wireless System bereit Blinkend Daten werden drahtlos gesendet oder empfangen LAN 1 4 Local Area Network Aus Kein Strom oder keine physische Verbindung vorhanden Ein Physische Verbindung zu einem Ethernet Netzwerk besteht Blinkend Daten werden über das Ethernet Kabel gesendet oder empfangen WAN Wide Ar...

Страница 184: ...n dieser Taste startet Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS Reset Für 3 Sekunden drücken um die Werkseinstellungen wiederherzustellen WAN Anschluss für ein RJ 45 Ethernet Kabel um eine WAN Verbindung herzustellen LAN1 LAN4 Anschlüsse für RJ 45 Ethernet Kabel um LAN Verbindungen herzustellen DC 12V Anschluss für das Netzteil zur Stromversorgung Ihres Routers RT G indd 8 1 9 09 17 51 PM ...

Страница 185: ...ie den Router an einer Wand mittels zweier Schrauben aufhängen 2 Lüftungsöffnungen Diese Lüftungsöffnungen bieten eine Belüftung des Routers Hinweis Für Details zur Befestigung des Routers an einer Wand oder der Decke beziehen Sie sich bitte auf den Abschnitt Befestigungsoptionen auf der nächsten Seite dieses Handbuches RT G indd 9 1 9 09 17 51 PM ...

Страница 186: ...zt werden So befestigen Sie den ASUS Wireless Router 1 Suchen Sie an der Unterseite die beiden Befestigungshaken 2 Markieren Sie die beiden oberen Löcher auf der zu befestigten Oberfläche 3 Drehen Sie zwei Schauben hinein bis nur noch 1 4 der Länge herausschaut 4 Hängen Sie den ASUS Wireless Router mit den befestigungshaken in die Schrauben ein Hinweis Richten Sie die Schrauben neu aus wenn Sie de...

Страница 187: ...ich bitte auf den Abschnitt EZSetup in Kapitel 5 dieses Handbuches Einrichten einer Kabelverbindung Der ASUS Wireless Router wird zusammen mit einem Ethernet Kabel geliefert Der Wireless Router besitzt eine integrierte automatische Crossover Funktion Dadurch können Sie für eine Kabelverbindung entweder gerade durchgeführte oder Crossover gekreuzte Kabel verwenden So richten Sie eine Kabelverindung...

Страница 188: ...ffene Authentifikation verwendet Konfiguration des Wireless Routers Der ASUS Wireless Router besitzt eine grafische Web benutzerschnittstelle Web GUI mir deren Hilfe Sie über einen Webbrowser auf Ihren Wireless Router konfigurieren können Benutzen der Web GUI Wenn Ihr PC über ein Kabel mit Ihrem Router verbunden ist starten Sie einen Webbrowser und es erscheint daraufhin Automatisch die Anmeldesei...

Страница 189: ...einer Wireless Verbindung Hinweise Sie können die Standard IP Adresse des Routers 192 168 1 1 auch manuell in die Adresszeile des Webbrowsers eingeben um die Web Schnittstelle zu öffen Weitere Details zum Konfigurieren des drahtlosen Routers über die webbasierte Benutzeroberfläche finden Sie in Kapitel 4 Konfigurieren über die webbasierte grafische Benutzeroberfläche RT G indd 1 1 9 09 17 5 PM ...

Страница 190: ... manuell bestimmten Client Geräten bzw Computern in Ihrem Netzwerk statische IP Adressen zuweisen statt die Geräte automatisch IP Adressen von dem drahtlosen Router beziehen zu lassen Folgen Sie den entsprechenden Anweisungen je nach dem Betriebssystem Ihres Client Gerätes bzw Computers Hinweis Falls Sie manuell Ihrem Client Gerät eine IP Adresse zuweisen möchten empfehlen wir Ihnen die folgenden ...

Страница 191: ...nschließend auf Properties Eigenschaften 3 Möchten Sie den Computer automatisch eine IP Adresse beziehen lassen dann klicken Sie bitte auf Obtain an IP address automatically IP Adresse automatisch beziehen und dann auf OK Klicken Sie ansonsten auf Specify an IP address IP Adresse angeben und geben die entsprechenden Daten in die Felder IP address IP Adresse und Subnet Mask Subnetzmaske ein RT G in...

Страница 192: ...aus und klicken anschließend auf Add Hinzufügen 5 Öffnen Sie die Registerkarte DNS configuration DNS Konfiguration und klicken auf Enable DNS DNS aktivieren Füllen Sie die Felder Host Domain und DNS Server Search Order DNS Server Suchordner aus und klicken anschließend auf Add Hinzufügen 6 Klicken Sie auf OK RT G indd 16 1 9 09 17 54 PM ...

Страница 193: ...TCP IP Protocol TCP IP Protokoll aus der Netzwerkprotokollliste aus und klicken anschließend auf Properties Eigenschaften 3 Auf der Registerkarte IP Adresse auf dem Fenster Microsoft TCP IP Eigenschaften können Sie Folgendes vornehmen Den Typ des im System installierten Netzwerkadapters wählen Den Router dazu veranlassen automatisch IP Adressen zuzuweisen Die IP Adresse Subnetzmaske und den Standa...

Страница 194: ...Service Search Order DNS Dienst Suchordner Geben Sie den DNS an Windows 2000 1 Klicken Sie auf Start Control Panel Systemsteuerung Network and Dial up Connection Netzwerk und DFÜ Verbindungen Rechtsklicken Sie auf Local Area Connection LAN Verbindung und klicken anschließend auf Properties Eigenschaften RT G indd 18 1 9 09 17 55 PM ...

Страница 195: ...chten Sie die DNS Servereinstellungen automatisch zuweisen lassen dann klicken Sie bitte auf Obtain an IP address automatically DNS Serveradresse automatisch beziehen Klicken Sie ansonsten auf Use the following IP address Folgende IP Adresse verwenden und geben den Preferred Bevorzugten und Alternate DNS server Alternativen DNS Server an 5 Klicken Sie auf OK wenn Sie mit der Einstellung fertig sin...

Страница 196: ... IP address IP Adresse Subnet mask Subnetzmaske und Default gateway Standardgateway ein 4 Möchten Sie die DNS Servereinstellungen automatisch zuweisen lassen dann klicken Sie bitte auf Obtain DNS server address automatically DNS Serveradresse automatisch beziehen Klicken Sie ansonsten auf Use the following DNS server addresses Folgende DNS Serveradresse verwenden und geben den Preferred and Altern...

Страница 197: ...nutzeroberfläche vor 1 Starten Sie nach dem Einrichten einer verdrahteten oder drahtlosen Verbindung einen Webbrowser Die Anmeldeseite wird automatisch geöffnet Hinweis Sie können ebenfalls manuell die vorgegebene IP Adresse des Routers 192 168 1 1 eingeben um die webbasierte Benutzeroberfläche des Routers zu öffnen 2 Geben Sie den vorgegebenen Benutzernamen admin und das Kennwort admin ein admin ...

Страница 198: ...cken Sie auf Setting Einstellungen im Navigationsmenü auf der linken Seite 2 Klicken Sie auf Firmware Upgrade Firmware aktualisieren im Menü Administration 3 Klicken Sie auf Browse Durchsuchen im Feld New Firmware File Neue Firmwaredatei 4 Klicken Sie auf Upload Hochladen Der Upload Vorgang kann ca drei Minuten dauern Hinweis Falls der Aktualisierungsvorgang misslungen ist wechselt der drahtlose R...

Страница 199: ...len Sie die Aufgaben die Sie vornehmen möchten Um die werkseitigen Standardeinstellungen wiederherzustellen klicken Sie auf Restore Wiederherstellen und dann auf OK auf dem Bestätigungsaufforderungsfenster Um die aktuellen Systemeinstellungen zu speichern klicken Sie auf Save Speichern Klicken Sie anschließend auf Save Speichern auf dem Dateidownload Fenster um die Systemdatei unter dem gewünschte...

Страница 200: ... Laufwerk ein um die ASUS WLAN Hilfsprogramme unter Microsoft Windows zu installieren Falls die Autorun Funktion deaktiviert ist führen Sie bitte die Datei setup exe im Stammordner auf der Unterstützungs CD aus So installieren Sie die Hilfsprogramme 1 Klicken Sie auf Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities ASUS Wireless Router installieren Installieren der Hilfsprogramme 2 Klicken Sie auf Next Weit...

Страница 201: ...ordner anzunehmen Oder klicken Sie auf Browse Durchsuchen um einen anderen Ordner anzugeben 5 Klicken Sie auf Install Installieren um das Hilfsprogramm zu installieren 6 Klicken Sie auf Finish Fertig stellen wenn die Einstellung fertig gestellt wurde 4 Klicken Sie auf Next Weiter RT G indd 5 1 9 09 17 59 PM ...

Страница 202: ... Router von ASUS der während eines Firmwareaktualisierungsvorgangs ausgefallen ist sucht und die von Ihnen angegebene Firmare wiederherstellt bzw neu hochlädt Der Vorgang kann drei bis vier Minuten dauern Benutzen Sie das Programm NICHT es sei denn Sie entdecken eine unnormale Situation z B defekte Firmware Aktualisierungsfehler oder Systemabsturz 1 Laden Sie die neuste Firmware und Programmversio...

Страница 203: ... die Reset Taste und schalten Sie den Wireless Router wieder ein Das Wireless Gerät begibt sich in den Rettungsmodus wenn die WLAN LED blinkt Schalten Sie das Gerät NICHT aus und drücken Sie NICHT die Reset Taste während die Firmware aktualisiert wird dies kann zu Systemstartfehlern führen Wir empfehlen dass Sie eine Kabelverbindung benutzen wenn Sie die IP Adresse einstellen um eine ideale Umgebu...

Страница 204: ...lle Programme ASUS Utility RT G32 Wireless Router Firmware Restoration 5 Klicken Sie auf Browse Durchsuchen um die Firmeware Datei auszuwählen und klicken Sie dann auf Upload 6 NachdererfolgreichenFirmeware AktualisierungstartetdasGerätautomatischneu RT G indd 8 1 9 09 18 00 PM ...

Страница 205: ...ter 2 Geben Sie den Benutzernamen und das Passwort ein um den Wireless Ruter über das Netzwerk zu konfigurieren Klicken Sie auf Next Weiter wenn Sie fertig sind EZSetup EZSetup ist ein Programm mit dem Sie Ihr Wireless Netzwerk einfach einrichten können Bevor Sie EZSetup installieren vergewissern Sie sich dass Ihr RT G32 über ein RJ45 Kabel mit einem PC oder Modem verbunden ist RT G indd 9 1 9 09 ...

Страница 206: ...ork SSID and channel are connected click Next to continue Verbunden Verbindung fehlgeschlagen Wenn die Verbindung fehlschägt vergewissern Sie sich dass Ihre Hardware richtig verbunden ist und klicken Sie dann auf Re search Neue Suche um erneut zu suchen RT G indd 0 1 9 09 18 01 PM ...

Страница 207: ...llungen zu konfigurieren Klicken Sie auf Finish Fertig um internen Netzwerkeinstellungen zu beenden 5 Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Verbindungsarten aus Automatic IP PPPoE PPTP L2TP und Static IP Geben Sie die notwendigen Daten für Ihre IP Verbindungsart ein und klicken Sie danach auf Next RT G indd 1 1 9 09 18 01 PM ...

Страница 208: ...tte deb nachstehenden Anweisungen um die WPS Schnelleinstellung zu aktivieren 1 Um WPS benutzen zu können vergewissern Sie sich dass der RT G32 Wireless Router UND die Wireless Software WPS Funktion des Computers aktiviert sind 2 Drücken Sie die WPS Taste an der Rückseite des RT G32 Wireless Routers 3 Die WLAN LED des RT G32 leuchtet auf und blinkt langsam nachdem die WPS Verbindung hergestellt wu...

Страница 209: ...ießend auf Extras Internetoptionen 2 Klicken Sie unter Temporäre Internetdateien auf Cookies löschen und dann auf Dateien löschen Der Client kann eine drahtlose Verbindung mit dem Router herstellen Außerhalb der Reichweite Stellen Sie den Router näher an den drahtlosen Client Versuchen Sie die Kanaleinstellungen zu ändern Authentifizierung Stellen Sie eine verdrahtete Verbindung mit dem Router her...

Страница 210: ...zeigen an dem ADSL Modem und dem drahtlosen Router Prüfen Sie ob die WAN LED an dem drahtlosen Router leuchtet Falls diese LED nicht leuchtet dann wechseln Sie bitte das Kabel aus und versuchen es neu Wenn die LED Link am DSL Modem leuchtet nicht blinkt bedeutet es dass das Internet zugänglich ist Starten Sie den Computer neu Sehen Sie in der Schnellstartanleitung des drahtlosen Routers nach um di...

Страница 211: ...ort wurde vergessen Versuchen Sie eine verdrahtete Verbindung herzustellen und die Drahtlos Verschlüsselung erneut zu konfigurieren Drücken Sie den Knopf Restore an der Rückseite des drahtlosen Routers für mindestens fünf Sekunden So stellen Sie die Standardeinstellungen des Systems her Drücken Sie den Knopf Restore an der Rückseite des drahtlosen Routers für mindestens fünf Sekunden Lesen Sie den...

Страница 212: ...cations However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the se...

Страница 213: ...nducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted The...

Страница 214: ... all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses...

Страница 215: ... and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution ...

Страница 216: ...stribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your right...

Страница 217: ...license or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 Y...

Страница 218: ...de if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who place...

Страница 219: ...OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM...

Страница 220: ...ite usa asus com Software Download support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Deutschland Österreich Address Harkort Str 25 40880 Ratingen Germany Telefon 49210295990 Fax 492102959911 Online Kontakt www asus com de sales Technische Unterstützung Telefon 49210295990 Fax 492102959911 Online Support www asus com de support Webseite www asus com de news Auf dieser Webseite ist ein Online Formular für technis...

Страница 221: ...RT G32 Ασύρματος Δρομολογητής Εγχειρίδιο Χρήστη RT G _greek indd 1 1 7 09 19 4 PM ...

Страница 222: ... ΥΠΕΥΘΥΝΗ Η ASUS ΟΙ ΔΙΕΥΘΥΝΤΕΣ ΤΗΣ ΤΑ ΣΤΕΛΕΧΗ ΟΙ ΥΠΑΛΛΗΛΟΙ Ή ΑΛΛΟΙ ΣΥΝΤΕΛΕΣΤΕΣ ΓΙΑ ΚΑΘΕ ΕΜΜΕΣΗ ΕΙΔΙΚΗ ΤΥΧΑΙΑ Ή ΚΑΤ ΕΞΑΚΟΛΟΥΘΗΣΗ ΖΗΜΙΑ ΣΥΜΠΕΡΙΛΑΜΒΑΝΟΜΕΝΩΝ ΖΗΜΙΩΝ ΑΠΌ ΑΠΩΛΕΙΕΣ Ή ΚΕΡΔΗ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΜΑΤΙΚΕΣ ΖΗΜΙΕΣ ΖΗΜΙΕΣ ΛΟΓΩ ΑΠΩΛΕΙΑΣ ΔΕΔΟΜΕΝΩΝ ΔΙΑΚΟΠΗ ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΗΣΙΑΚΗΣ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ ΚΑΙ ΑΛΛΑ ΠΑΡΟΜΟΙΑ ΑΚΟΜΗ ΚΙ ΑΝ Η ASUS ΕΧΕΙ ΕΝΗΜΕΡΩΘΕΙ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΠΙΘΑΝΟΤΗΤΑ ΠΑΡΟΜΟΙΩΝ ΖΗΜΙΩΝ ΠΟΥ ΠΡΟΕΡΧΟΝΤΑΙ ΑΠΌ ΒΛΑΒΗ Ή ΛΑΘΟΣ ΤΟΥ ΠΑ...

Страница 223: ...ολογητή 11 Ρύθμιση ενσύρματης σύνδεσης 11 Ρύθμιση ασύρματης σύνδεσης 12 Διαμόρφωση του ασύρματου δρομολογητή 12 Χρήση της διαδικτυακής γραφικής διεπαφής χρήστη web GUI 12 Κεφάλαιο 3 Διαμόρφωση των δικτυακών συσκευών Πρόσβαση στον ασύρματο δρομολογητή 14 Ορισμός μιας διεύθυνσης ΙΡ για ενσύρματο ή ασύρματο πελάτη 14 Κεφάλαιο 4 Διαμόρφωση μέσω της διαδικτυακής γραφικής διεπαφής χρήστη GUI Διαμόρφωση ...

Страница 224: ... 2 Εγκατάσταση του υλικού Το κεφάλαιο αυτό παρέχει οδηγίες για την εγκατάσταση διαμόρφωση και πρόσβαση στον Ασύρματο Δρομολογητή ASUS Κεφάλαιο 3 Διαμόρφωση των δικτυακών συσκευών Το κεφάλαιο αυτό παρέχει οδηγίες για την εγκατάσταση των συσκευών του δικτύου πρόσβαση και διαμόρφωση του Ασύρματου Δρομολογητή ASUS Κεφάλαιο 5 Εγκατάσταση των βοηθητικών προγραμμάτων Εγκατάσταση των βοηθητικών προγραμμάτ...

Страница 225: ...των για επίλυση συνηθισμένων προβλημάτων που ενδέχεται να αντιμετωπίσετε όταν χρησιμοποιείτε τον Ασύρματο Δρομολογητή ASUS Παραρτήματα Το κεφάλαιο αυτό περιλαμβάνει κανονιστικές γνωστοποιήσεις και δηλώσεις ασφαλείας Συμβάσεις που χρησιμοποιούνται στον παρόντα οδηγό ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ Πληροφορίες για αποφυγή τραυματισμού σας όταν προσπαθείτε να ολοκληρώσετε μια εργασία ΠΡΟΣΟΧΗ Πληροφορίες για αποφυγή βλ...

Страница 226: ...υπο IEEE 802 11b g με ασύρματη δυνατότητα Εγκατεστημένο TCP IP και πρόγραμμα περιήγησης στο Internet Υποστηρίζει Internet Explorer 6 0 ή νεότερη έκδοση Πριν προχωρήσετε Take note of the following guidelines before installing the ASUS Wireless Router Το μήκος του καλωδίου Ethernet που συνδέει τη συσκευή στο δίκτυο διανομέα καλωδιακό ADSL μόντεμ δρομολογητή επιτοίχιο πίνακα συνδέσεων δεν πρέπει να υ...

Страница 227: ...οστινή πλευρά Ενδείξεις κατάστασης Λυχνία LED Κατάσταση Ένδειξη Τροφοδοσία Σβηστή Δεν υπάρχει τροφοδοσία Αναμμένη Σύστημα έτοιμο WLAN Ασύρματο δίκτυο Σβηστή Δεν υπάρχει τροφοδοσία Αναμμένη Ασύρματο σύστημα έτοιμο Αναβοσβήνει Εκπομπή ή λήψη δεδομένων ασύρματα LAN 1 4 Τοπικό δίκτυο Σβηστή Δεν υπάρχει τροφοδοσία ή φυσική σύνδεση Αναμμένη Υπάρχει φυσική σύνδεση σε δίκτυο Ethernet Αναβοσβήνει Εκπομπή ή...

Страница 228: ...τύου Reset Πατήστε για τρία δευτερόλεπτα για επαναφορά των εργοστασιακών προεπιλεγμένων ρυθμίσεων WAN Συνδέστε σε αυτή τη θύρα καλώδιο Ethernet RJ 45 για να δημιουργήσετε σύνδεση σε δίκτυο ευρείας ζώνης WAN LAN1 LAN4 Συνδέστε σε αυτές τις θύρες καλώδια Ethernet RJ 45 για να δημιουργήσετε σύνδεση στο τοπικό δίκτυο LAN DC 12V Εισάγετε σε αυτή τη θύρα το μετασχηματιστή ρεύματος DC για να συνδέσετε το...

Страница 229: ...τε το δρομολογητή πάνω σε επιφάνειες από μπετόν ή ξύλο με χρήση δύο βιδών 2 Ανοίγματα εξαερισμού Παρέχουν εξαερισμό στο δρομολογητή Σημείωση Για λεπτομερή στοιχεία πώς να στηρίξετε το δρομολογητή πάνω σε τοίχο ή στην οροφή ανατρέξτε στη ενότητα Mounting options Επιλογές τοποθέτησης στην επόμενη σελίδα αυτού του εγχειριδίου χρήστη RT G _greek indd 9 1 7 09 19 49 PM ...

Страница 230: ... να υποστεί μετατροπή για τοποθέτηση σε τοίχο ή οροφή Για προσάρτηση του ASUS RT G32 1 Δείτε στο κάτω μέρος για δύο γάντζους προσάρτησης 2 Σημειώστε δύο πάνω τρύπες σε ένα τοίχο ή σε μια ανυψωμένη επιφάνεια 3 Σφίξτε τις δύο βίδες μέχρι να φαίνεται μόνο 1 4 4 Κλειδώστε τους γάντζους του ASUS RT G32 στις βίδες Σημείωση Ρυθμίστε ξανά τις βίδες αν δεν μπορείτε να κλειδώσετε τον Ασύρματο Δρομολογητή τη...

Страница 231: ...ημειώσεις Για περισσότερα στοιχεία πάνω στο EZSetup ανατρέξτε στην ενότητα EZSetup στο Κεφάλαιο 5 του παρόντος εγχειριδίου χρήστη Ρύθμιση ενσύρματης σύνδεσης Ο Ασύρματος Δρομολογητής ASUS παρέχεται με καλώδιο Ethernet στη συσκευασία Ο ασύρματος δρομολογητής έχει ενσωματωμένη λειτουργία αυτόματης διασταύρωσης crossover επομένως χρησιμοποιήστε είτε καλώδιο straight through είτε crossover για την ενσ...

Страница 232: ...ρομολογητή Ο Ασύρματος Δρομολογητής ASUS περιλαμβάνει μια διαδικτυακή γραφική διεπαφή χρήστη web GUI η οποία σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τον ασύρματο δρομολογητή από τον υπολογιστή σας χρησιμοποιώντας μια εφαρμογή περιήγησης στο διαδίκτυο Χρήση της διαδικτυακής γραφικής διεπαφής χρήστη web GUI Αν ο Η Υ σας συνδέεται σε δρομολογητή με καλώδιο εκκινήστε ένα πρόγραμμα περιήγησης στο διαδίκτυο και θ...

Страница 233: ... προεπιλεγμένο SSID 3 Μετά τη δημιουργία της ασύρματης σύνδεσης εκκινήστε ένα πρόγραμμα περιήγησης στο διαδίκτυο Σημειώσεις Μπορείτε επίσης να πληκτρολογήσετε την προεπιλεγμένη διεύθυνση ΙΡ του δρομολογητή 192 168 1 1 για να εκκινήσετε τη διαδικτυακή γραφική διεπαφή του δρομολογητή For more details on configuring your wireless router using the web GUI refer to Κεφάλαιο 4 Διαμόρφωση μέσω της διαδικ...

Страница 234: ...υ με μη αυτόματο τρόπο στατικές διευθύνσεις αντί να γίνει αυτόματη εκχώρηση διευθύνσεων ΙΡ από τον ασύρματο δρομολογητή Ακολουθήστε από τις παρακάτω οδηγίες αυτές που αντιστοιχούν στο λειτουργικό σύστημα το οποίο είναι εγκατεστημένο στη συσκευή ή στον υπολογιστή του δικτύου σας Σημείωση Αν θέλετε να εκχωρήσετε μη αυτόματα μια διεύθυνση IP στη συσκευή του δικτύου σας συνιστούμε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τ...

Страница 235: ...ξτε TCP IP και κάντε κλικ στο Properties Ιδιότητες 3 Αν θέλετε ο υπολογιστής σας να λάβει αυτόματα μια διεύθυνση ΙΡ κάντε κλικ στο Obtain an IP address automatically Αυτόματη λήψη διεύθυνσης ΙΡ και κάντε κλικ στο OK Αλλιώς κάντε κλικ στο Specify an IP address Καθορισμός διεύθυνσης ΙΡ στη συνέχεια πληκτρολογήστε την IP address Διεύθυνση ΙΡ και τη Subnet Mask Μάσκα υποδικτύου RT G _greek indd 15 1 7...

Страница 236: ...η και κάντε κλικ στο Add Προσθήκη 5 Επιλέξτε την καρτέλα DNS configuration Διαμόρφωση DNS και κάντε κλικ στο Enable DNS Ενεργοποίηση DNS Πληκτρολογήστε Host Υπολογιστής φιλοξενίας Domain Τομέας και DNS Server Search Order Σειρά αναζήτησης διακομιστή DNS και κάντε κλικ στο Add Προσθήκη 6 Κάντε κλικ στο OK RT G32_greek indd 16 1 7 09 19 54 PM ...

Страница 237: ...TCP IP από τη λίστα των Network Protocols Πρωτόκολλα δικτύου και κάντε κλικ στο Properties Ιδιότητες 3 Από την καρτέλα IP Address Διεύθυνση ΙΡ του παραθύρου Microsoft TCP IP Properties Ιδιότητες Microsoft TCP IP μπορείτε να Επιλέξετε τον τύπο του προσαρμογέα δικτύου που είναι εγκατεστημένος στο σύστημά σας Ρυθμίσετε το δρομολογητή για αυτόματη εκχώρηση διευθύνσεων IP Πληκτρολογήσετε τη διεύθυνση I...

Страница 238: ...rch Order Σειρά αναζήτησης υπηρεσιών DNS και πληκτρολογήστε το DNS Windows 2000 1 Κάντε κλικ στο Start Έναρξη Control Panel Πίνακας Ελέγχου Network and Dial up Connection Δίκτυο και συνδέσεις μέσω τηλεφώνου Κάντε δεξί κλικ στο Local Area Connection Σύνδεση τοπικού δικτύου και κάντε κλικ στο Properties Ιδιότητες RT G32_greek indd 18 1 7 09 19 57 PM ...

Страница 239: ...gateway Προεπιλεγμένη πύλη Windows XP 1 Κάντε κλικ στο Start Έναρξη Control Panel Πίνακας Ελέγχου Network Συνδέσεις Δικτύου Κάντε δεξί κλικ στο Local Area Connection Σύνδεση τοπικού δικτύου και επιλέξτε Properties Ιδιότητες 4 Επιλέξτε Obtain an IP address automatically Αυτόματη λήψη διεύθυνσης ΙΡ αν θέλετε να εκχωρούνται αυτόματα οι ρυθμίσεις IP Αλλιώς επιλέξτε Use the following DNS server address...

Страница 240: ...ι πληκτρολογήστε IP address Διεύθυνση ΙΡ Subnet mask Μάσκα υποδικτύου και Default gateway Προεπιλεγμένη πύλη 4 Επιλέξτε Obtain DNS server address automatically Αυτόματη λήψη διεύθυνσης διακομιστή DNS αν θέλετε να εκχωρούνται αυτόματα οι ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή DNS Αλλιώς επιλέξτε Use the following DNS server address Χρησιμοποίηση της ακόλουθης διεύθυνσης διακομιστή DNS και πληκτρολογήστε το Prefe...

Страница 241: ...GUI 1 Μετά τη δημιουργία μιας ενσύρματης ή ασύρματης σύνδεσης εκκινήστε ένα πρόγραμμα περιήγησης στο διαδίκτυο Θα ξεκινήσει αυτόματα η σελίδα σύνδεσης Σημείωση Μπορείτε επίσης να πληκτρολογήσετε την προεπιλεγμένη διεύθυνση ΙΡ του δρομολογητή 192 168 1 1 για να εκκινήσετε τη διαδικτυακή γραφική διεπαφή του δρομολογητή 2 Στο παράθυρο σύνδεσης πληκτρολογήστε το προεπιλεγμένο όνομα χρήστη admin και το...

Страница 242: ...σμικό 1 Κάντε κλικ στο Settings Ρύθμιση από το μενού πλοήγησης στην αριστερή πλευρά της οθόνης σας 2 Στο μενού Administration Διαχείριση κάντε κλικ στο Firmware Upgrade Αναβάθμιση υλικολογισμικού 3 Στο πεδίο New Firmware File Νέο αρχείο υλικολογισμικού κάντε κλικ στο Browse Αναζήτηση για να εντοπίσετε το νέο υλικολογισμικό στον υπολογιστή σας 4 Κάντε κλικ στο Upload Αποστολή Η διαδικασία αποστολής...

Страница 243: ...ς εργασίες που θέλετε να κάνετε Για επαναφορά στις προεπιλεγμένες εργοστασιακές ρυθμίσεις κάντε κλικ στο Restore Επαναφορά και κάντε κλικ στο OK στο μήνυμα επιβεβαίωσης Για να αποθηκεύσετε τις τρέχουσες ρυθμίσεις συστήματος κάντε κλικ στο Save Αποθήκευση και κάντε κλικ στο Save Αποθήκευση στο παράθυρο λήψης αρχείου για να αποθηκεύσετε το αρχείο συστήματος στη διαδρομή που επιθυμείτε Για να αποκατα...

Страница 244: ... σύστημα Microsoft Windows εισάγετε το CD υποστήριξης στη μονάδα CD Αν η δυνατότητα αυτόματης εκτέλεσης Autorun είναι απενεργοποιημένη εκτελέστε το αρχείο setup exe στο ριζικό κατάλογο του CD υποστήριξης Για να εγκαταστήσετε τα βοηθητικά προγράμματα 1 Κάντε κλικ στο Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities Εγκατάσταση βοηθητικών προγραμμάτων του Ασύρματου Δρομολογητή ASUS Εγκατάσταση των βοηθητικών ...

Страница 245: ...τον προεπιλεγμένο φάκελο προορισμού ή κάντε κλικ στο Browse Αναζήτηση για να καθορίσετε κάποια άλλη διαδρομή 5 Κάντε κλικ στο Install Εγκατάσταση για να εγκαταστήσετε το βοηθητικό πρόγραμμα 6 Κάντε κλικ στο Finish Τέλος όταν τελειώσει η εγκατάσταση 4 Κάντε κλικ στο Next Επόμενο RT G _greek indd 5 1 7 09 0 0 PM ...

Страница 246: ... υλικολογισμικού είναι ένα πρόγραμμα το οποίο αναζητά έναν Ασύρματο Δρομολογητή ASUS ο οποίος απέτυχε κατά τη διάρκεια της διαδικασίας αναβάθμισης του υλικολογισμικού στη συνέχεια επαναφέρει ή επαναφορτώνει το υλικολογισμικό που θα καθορίσετε Η διαδικασία διαρκεί περίπου τρία έως τέσσερα λεπτά ΜΗΝ χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το βοηθητικό πρόγραμμα εκτός από την περίπτωση όπου αντιμετωπίζετε μη ομαλές κατ...

Страница 247: ...ματο δρομολογητή πατήστε και κρατήστε πατημένο το κουμπί επαναφοράς και στη συνέχεια ενεργοποιήστε ξανά τη συσκευή Η ασύρματη συσκευή εισάγεται στην κατάσταση διάσωσης αφού ΜΗΝ κλείσετε ή κάνετε επαναφορά της συσκευής ενώ ενημερώνετε το υλικολογισμικό Αν το κάνετε μπορεί να προκληθεί σφάλμα επανεκκίνησης του συστήματος Συνιστούμε να χρησιμοποιείτε ενσύρματη σύνδεση και να ορίσετε τη διεύθυνση ΙΡ χ...

Страница 248: ...ά προγράμματα ASUS RT G32 Wireless Router Ασύρματος Δρομολογητής RT G32 Firmware Restoration Επαναφορά Υλικολογισμικού 5 Κάντε κλικ στο Browse Αναζήτηση για να επιλέξετε το αρχείο υλικολογισμικού και στη συνέχεια κάντε κλικ στο Upload Αποστολή 6 Αφού αποστείλετε επιτυχώς το υλικολογισμικό πραγματοποιείται αυτόματη επανεκκίνηση της συσκευής RT G32_greek indd 28 1 7 09 0 04 PM ...

Страница 249: ...μα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για να διαμορφώσετε τον ασύρματο δρομολογητή μέσω διαδικτύου Όταν τελειώσετε κάντε κλικ στο Next Επόμενο EZSetup Το EZSetup είναι ένα βοηθητικό πρόγραμμα που σας επιτρέπει την εύκολη εγκατάσταση του ασύρματου δικτύου Πριν εγκαταστήσετε το EZSetup σιγουρευτείτε ότι το RT G32 είναι συνδεδεμένο με το μόντεμ ή τον Η Υ με καλώδιο RJ45 RT G _greek indd 9 1 7 09 0 05 PM...

Страница 250: ... το κανάλι έχει συνδεθεί κάντε κλικ στο Next Επόμενο για να συνεχίσετε Σύνδεση Η σύνδεση απέτυχε Αν υπάρχει σφάλμα σύνδεσης σιγουρευτείτε ότι το περιβάλλον υλικού είναι σωστά συνδεδεμένο και κάντε κλικ στο Re search Επανάληψη αναζήτησης για να κάνετε ξανά αναζήτηση RT G _greek indd 0 1 7 09 2 20 06 PM ...

Страница 251: ...λικ στο Finish Τέλος για να ολοκληρώσετε τις εσωτερικές ρυθμίσεις δικτύου 5 Επιλέξτε τον τύπο σύνδεσης από τους ακόλουθους τύπους υπηρεσιών ISP Automatic IP Αυτόματη ΙΡ PPPoE PPTP L2TP και Static IP Στατική ΙΡ Πληκτρολογήστε τις απαραίτητες πληροφορίες για τον τύπο σύνδεσης με τον ISP Όταν τελειώσετε κάντε κλικ στο Next Επόμενο RT G _greek indd 1 1 7 09 2 20 06 PM ...

Страница 252: ...τε τις παρακάτω οδηγίες για να ενεργοποιήσετε τις Γρήγορες ρυθμίσεις WPS 1 Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το WPS βεβαιωθείτε πως είναι ενεργοποιημένος ο ασύρματος δρομολογητής RT G32 και η λειτουργία ασύρματου λογισμικού WPS του άλλου υπολογιστή 2 Πατήστε το κουμπί WPS στο πίσω πλαίσιο του ασύρματου δρομολογητή RT G32 3 Η λυχνία LED WLAN του RT G32 ενδέχεται να ανάψει και να αναβοσβήνει με αργό ρυθμό μετά...

Страница 253: ...ternet Options Επιλογές Internet 2 Στο Temporary Internet files Προσωρινά αρχεία Internet κάντε κλικ στο Delete Cookies Διαγραφή Cookies και στο Delete Files Διαγραφή αρχείων Η συσκευή πελάτης του δικτύου δεν μπορεί να δημιουργήσει ασύρματη σύνδεση με το δρομολογητή Εκτός εύρους Τοποθετήστε το δρομολογητή πιο κοντά στον ασύρματο πελάτη Προσπαθήστε να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις των καναλιών Έλεγχος ταυ...

Страница 254: ...αυτό σημαίνει ότι είναι δυνατή η πρόσβαση στο Internet Κάντε επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή Ανατρέξτε στον Οδηγό Γρήγορης Έναρξης του ασύρματου δρομολογητή και διαμορφώστε ξανά τις ρυθμίσεις Ελέγξτε αν η λυχνία WAN στον ασύρματο δρομολογητή είναι ΑΝΑΜΜΕΝΗ ON Ελέγξτε τις ρυθμίσεις ασύρματης κρυπτογράφησης Ελέγξτε αν ο υπολογιστής μπορεί να λάβει τη διεύθυνση IP μέσω ενσύρματου και ασύρματου δικτύου Σι...

Страница 255: ...αφοράς στην πίσω πλευρά του ασύρματου δρομολογητή για περισσότερο από πέντε δευτερόλεπτα Ανατρέξτε στην ενότητα Restoring to the default settings Επαναφορά στις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις στο Κεφάλαιο 4 του παρόντος εγχειριδίου χρήστη Οι προεπιλεγμένες εργοστασιακές ρυθμίσεις είναι User Name Όνομα χρήστη admin Password Κωδικός πρόσβασης admin Enable DHCP Ενεργοποίηση DHCP Yes Ναι αν το καλώδιο WAN ε...

Страница 256: ...unications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the...

Страница 257: ...ucted These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted These...

Страница 258: ...l its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses ar...

Страница 259: ...and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution a...

Страница 260: ...tribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights...

Страница 261: ...license or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 Y...

Страница 262: ...e if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places...

Страница 263: ...OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM...

Страница 264: ...ικτύου usa asus com Υποστήριξη μέσω διαδικτύου support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Γερμανία Αυστρία Εταιρική διεύθυνση Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany Γενικά τηλ 49210295990 Γενικά φαξ 492102959911 Επικοινωνία μέσω διαδικτύου www asus com de sales Τεχνική υποστήριξη Υποστήριξη εξαρτημάτων 49210295990 Υποστήριξη φαξ 492102959911 Υποστήριξη μέσω διαδικτύου www asus com de support Επικοινωνία ...

Страница 265: ...RT G32 vezeték nélküli router Felhasználói kézikönyv RT G _Hungarian indd 1 1 7 09 8 PM ...

Страница 266: ...VALÓ ALKALMASSÁGRA AZ ASUS ILLETVE ANNAK IGAZGATÓI TISZTSÉGVISELŐI ALKALMAZOTTAI VAGY MEGBÍZOTTAI SEMMILYEN ESETBEN NEM TARTOZNAK FELELŐSSÉGGEL SEMMILYEN OLYAN KÖZVETLEN KÖZVETETT ESETI KÜLÖNLEGES VAGY KÖVETKEZMÉNYES KÁRÉRT SEM KÁRTÉRÍTÉSSEL AZ ELMARADT NYERESÉG ELMARADT BEVÉTEL ADATVESZTÉS VAGY ÜZEMKIESÉS OKOZTA OLYAN KÁRÉRT AMELY A JELEN KÉZIKÖNY VAGY TERMÉK HIBÁJÁBÓL ERED MÉG AKKOR IS HA AZ ASU...

Страница 267: ...olat létesítése 11 Vezeték nélküli kapcsolat létesítése 12 A vezeték nélküli router konfigurálása 12 A web GUI használata 12 3 fejezet A hálózati kliensek konfigurálása Hozzáférés a vezeték nélküli útválasztóhoz 14 IP cím beállítása vezetékes és vezeték nélküli klienshez 14 4 fejezet Konfigurálás web alapú grafikus felhasználói felületen keresztül Konfigurálás web alapú grafikus felhasználói felül...

Страница 268: ...A hardver üzembe helyezése Ez a fejezet információkat ad az ASUS vezeték nélküli router telepítésével elérésével és konfigurálásával kapcsolatban 3 fejezet A hálózati kliensek konfigurálása Ez a fejezet utasításokat ad arról hogy miként kell beállítani a vezeték nélküli klienseket a hálózaton hogy együtt tudjanak működni az ASUS vezeték nélküli routerrel A segédprogramok telepítése 24 Device Disco...

Страница 269: ...elynek segítségével megoldhatók az ASUS vezeték nélküli router használata közben esetleg előforduló problémák Függelékek Ez a fejezet tartalmazza a szabályozási felhívásokat és biztonsági nyilatkozatokat A kézikönyvben felhasznált konvenciók VESZÉLY Tájékoztatás saját sérülésének elkerülése érdekében ha valamilyen feladatot kíván végrehajtani VIGYÁZAT Tájékoztatás a részegységek károsodásának elke...

Страница 270: ... vezeték nélküli képességgel Telepített TCP IP protokoll és internet böngésző Internet Explorer 6 0 s vagy újabb verzió támogatása Mielőtt folytatná Vegye figyelembe az alábbi iránymutatást mielőtt telepítené az ASUS vezeték nélküli routert Az eszközt a hálózattal összekötő Ethernet kábel hossza elosztó ADSL kábelmodem router fali összekötő nem haladhatja meg a 100 métert Helyezze az eszközt stabi...

Страница 271: ... LED Állapot Jelentése Tápfeszültség Ki Nincs áram Be A rendszer készenlétben van WLAN vezeték nélküli hálózat Ki Nincs áram Be Vezeték nélküli rendszer készenlétben villog Adatok sugárzása vagy fogadása vezeték nélkül LAN 1 4 Helyi hálózat Ki Nincs áramforrás vagy fizikai kapcsolat Be Fizikai kapcsolat áll fenn egy Ethernet hálózattal villog Adatok sugárzása vagy fogadása Ethernet kábelen kereszt...

Страница 272: ...meg és tartsa lenyomva három másodpercig a gyári alapértelmezett beállítások visszaállításához WAN Csatlakoztasson RJ 45 Ethernet kábelt e csatlakozóhoz a WAN kapcsolat felépítéséhez LAN1 LAN4 Csatlakoztasson RJ 45 Ethernet kábelt e csatlakozókhoz a LAN kapcsolat felépítéséhez 12 V egyenfeszültség DC Csatlakoztassa a DC hálózati adaptert ehhez a csatlakozóhoz hogy a routert áramforrásról működtess...

Страница 273: ...éséhez beton vagy fafelületre két darab gömbfejű csavar segítségével 2 Szellőzőnyílások A router megfelelő szellőzését biztosítják Megjegyzés további részletekért a router falra vagy mennyezetre szerelésével kapcsolatban tekintse meg a Felszerelési lehetőségek című részt a Kézikönyv következő oldalán RT G _Hungarian indd 9 1 7 09 40 PM ...

Страница 274: ...ló rögzítéshez is átalakítható Az ASUS RT G32 eszköz rögzítése 1 Keresse meg az alsó részen található két rögzítőkampót 2 Jelöljön ki a falon vagy egy megemelt sima egyenletes felületen két felső lyukat 3 Rögzítsen két csavart a lyukakban oly módon hogy csak az 1 4 jelölés látszódjon 4 Erősítse rá az ASUS RT G32 útválasztón lévő kampókat a csavarokra Megjegyzés Ha az ASUS vezeték nélküli útválaszt...

Страница 275: ...észletekért a EZSetup sel kapcsolatban tekintse meg a felhasználói útmutató 4 fejezetének EZSetup című részét Vezetékes kapcsolat létesítése Az ASUS vezeték nélküli routerhez a csomagban mellékeltünk egy Ethernet kábelt Mivel a vezeték nélküli router beépített automata rendszerváltó funkcióval rendelkezik patch vagy crosslink bekötésu kábelt használhat a vezetékes kapcsolat létesítéséhez Vezetékes...

Страница 276: ... tiltva és a nyílt rendszer hitelesítést alkalmazza A vezeték nélküli router konfigurálása Az ASUS vezeték nélküli router web alapú grafikus felhasználói felülettel web GUI rendelkezik amely lehetővé teszi a vezeték nélküli router konfigurálását a számítógépen egy böngészőprogram segítségével A web GUI használata Amennyiben a PC je a routerhez kábellel kapcsolódik indítson el egy böngészőprogramot...

Страница 277: ...ID hez 3 A vezeték nélküli kapcsolat létrehozását követően indítsa el a böngészőprogramot Megjegyzés másik megoldásként bebillentyűzheti a router alapértelmezett IP címét 192 168 1 1 a böngészőprogram címsorába a router web alapú felületének indításához A hálózati beállítások web GUI segítségével történő konfigurálásával kapcsolatos részletekről e felhasználói útmutató 4 fejezet Konfigurálás web a...

Страница 278: ...zonban szükség lehet statikus IP címek manuális kiosztására a hálózaton lévő egyes klienseknek vagy számítógépeknek ahelyett hogy az IP címeket automatikusan kérnék le a vezeték nélküli routerről Kövesse az Ön kliensére vagy számítógépére telepített operációs rendszernek megfelelő utasításokat Megjegyzés ha manuálisan kíván IP címet kiosztani a kliensnek az alábbi beállítások használatát javasolju...

Страница 279: ...tson a Properties Tulajdonságok gombra 3 Ha az IP cím automatikus lekérése mellett döntött jelölje meg az Obtain an IP address automatically IP cím automatikus lekérése elemet majd kattintson az OK gombra Ellenkező esetben kattintson a Specify an IP address IP cím megadása elemre majd billentyűzze be a megfelelő adatokat az IP address IP cím és Subnet Mask Alhálózati maszk mezőkbe RT G _Hungarian ...

Страница 280: ...z Add Hozzáadás gombra 5 Jelölje ki a DNS configuration DNS konfiguráció fület majd kattintson az Enable DNS DNS engedélyezése elemre Billentyűzze be a Host Gazdagép Domain Tartomány és DNS Server Search Order DNS kiszolgáló keresési sorrendje mezők adatait majd kattintson az Add Hozzáadás gombra 6 Kattintson az OK gombra RT G _Hungarian indd 16 1 7 09 4 PM ...

Страница 281: ...col elemet a Network Protocols Hálózati protokollok listán majd kattintson a Properties Tulajdonságok elemre 3 A Microsoft TCP IP Properties TCP IP tulajdonságok ablak IP Address IP cím fülén a következőket teheti Az Ön rendszerébe telepített hálózati adapter típusának kiválasztása Annak beállítása hogy a router automatikusan osszon e ki IP címeket Az IP cím alhálózati maszk és alapértelmezett átj...

Страница 282: ...lgáltatás keresési sorrendje menüben majd billentyűzze be a DNS t Windows 2000 1 Kattintson a Start Control Panel Vezérlőpult Network and Dial up Connection Hálózati és betárcsázós kapcsolat elemre A jobb gombbal kattintson a Local Area Connection Helyi kapcsolat elemre és jelölje ki a Properties Tulajdonságok elemet RT G _Hungarian indd 18 1 7 09 44 PM ...

Страница 283: ...lmezett átjárót Windows XP 1 Kattintson a Start Control Panel Vezérlőpult Network Connection Hálózati kapcsolat elemre A jobb gombbal kattintson a Local Area Connection Helyi kapcsolat elemre majd jelölje ki a Properties Tulajdonságok elemet 4 Jelölje ki az Obtain an IP address automatically IP cím automatikus lekérése elemet ha a DNS kiszolgáló beállításokat automatikusan kívánja elvégezni Ellenk...

Страница 284: ... és billentyűzze be az IP address IP címet Subnet mask Alhálózati maszkot és Default gateway Alapértelmezett átjárót 4 Jelölje ki az Obtain DNS server address automatically DNS kiszolgáló címének automatikus lekérése elemet ha a DNS kiszolgáló beállításait automatikusan kívánja elvégezni Ellenkező esetben jelölje ki a Use the following DNS server address A következő DNS kiszolgálócím használata el...

Страница 285: ... A vezetékes vagy vezeték nélküli kapcsolat beállítása után indítson el egy böngészőprogramot Automatikusan megtörténik a bejelentkező oldal indítása Megjegyzés másik megoldásként bebillentyűzheti a router alapértelmezett IP címét 192 168 1 1 a böngészőprogram címsorába a router web alapú felületének indításához 2 A bejelentkezési oldalon billentyűzze be az alapértelmezett felhasználónevet admin é...

Страница 286: ...ás elemre a képernyő bal oldali részén lévő navigációs menüben 2 Az Administration Kezelés menüben kattintson a Firmware Upgrade Firmware frissítés gombra 3 A New Firmware File Új firmware fájl mezőben kattintson a Browse Tallózás gombra hogy megkeresse az új firmware t a számítógépen 4 Kattintson az Upload Feltöltés gombra A feltöltési folyamat körülbelül három percet vesz igénybe Megjegyzés Ha a...

Страница 287: ...tése elemre 3 Jelölje ki a végrehajtandó feladatot A gyári beállítások visszaállításához kattintson a Restore Visszaállítás elemre majd kattintson az OK gombra a megerősítést kérő üzenetben Az aktuális rendszerbeállítások mentéséhez kattintson a Save Mentés gombra majd kattintson a Save Mentés elemre a fájl letöltésére való ablakban hogy a rendszerfájlt a kívánt helyre mentse Korábbi rendszerbeáll...

Страница 288: ...téséhez Microsoft Windows alatt helyezze a támogató CD t a CD meghajtóba Ha az automatikus lejátszást letiltották futtassa a setup exe fájlt a támogató CD gyökérkönyvtárában A segédprogramok telepítése 1 Kattintson az Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities ASUS vezeték nélküli router segédprogramok telepítése elemre A segédprogramok telepítése 2 Kattintson a Next Tovább gombra RT G _Hungarian indd...

Страница 289: ...tt célmappa kiválasztásához vagy kattintson a Browse Tallózás gombra egy másik útvonal kiválasztásához 5 Kattintson az Install Telepítés elemre a segédprogram telepítéséhez 6 A telepítés végén kattintson a Finish Befejezés gombra 4 Kattintson a Next Tovább gombra RT G _Hungarian indd 5 1 7 09 47 PM ...

Страница 290: ...ítása segédprogram egy vészhelyzet esetén használható eszköz amely automatikusan megkeresi azt az ASUS vezeték nélküli routert amely a firmware feltöltése közben meghibásodott és újra feltölti az Ön által megadott firmware t A folyamat körülbelül 3 4 percet vesz igénybe NE használja ezt a segédprogramot amennyiben nem tapasztal rendellenes körülményeket mint például sérült firmware frissítési hiba...

Страница 291: ...1 254 3 Kapcsolja ki a vezeték nélküli routert majd nyomja meg és tartsa lenyomva az alaphelyzet gombot az eszköz újbóli bekapcsolásához A vezeték nélküli eszköz mentés módba lép miután a WAN LED villog NE kapcsolja ki vagy indítsa újra az eszközt a firmware frissítése közben Ezzel rendszerindítási hibát okozhat Javasoljuk hogy vezetékes kapcsolatot alkalmazzon és manuálisan állítsa be az IP címet...

Страница 292: ...US segédprogram RT G32 Wireless Router RT G32 vezeték nélküli router Firmware Restoration Firmware helyreállítása elemre 5 Kattintson a Browse Tallózás elemre a firmware fájl megkereséséhez majd az Upload Feltöltés elemre 6 A firmware sikeres feltöltését követően az eszköz automatikusan újraindul RT G _Hungarian indd 8 1 7 09 48 PM ...

Страница 293: ...router webes konfigurálásához billentyűzze be a felhasználónevet és jelszót Ha végzett kattintson a Next Tovább elemre EZSetup Az EZSetup egy segédprogram amely a vezeték nélküli hálózat egyszerű beállítását teszi lehetővé Mielőtt telepítené az EZSetup programot győződjön meg arról hogy az RT G32 a modemhez vagy PC hez csatlakozik egy RJ45 kábelen keresztül RT G _Hungarian indd 9 1 7 09 48 PM ...

Страница 294: ...satornák kapcsolódnak kattintson a Next Tovább gombra a folytatáshoz Kapcsolódás Sikertelen kapcsolódás Ha nem sikerül kapcsolódni győződjön meg arról hogy hardverkörnyezet megfelelően csatlakozik majd kattintson a Research Új keresés elemre az új kereséséhez RT G _Hungarian indd 0 1 7 09 48 PM ...

Страница 295: ...on a Finish Befejezés gombra a belső hálózati beállítások befejezéséhez 5 Válassza ki a kapcsolat típusát az alábbi ISP szolgáltatástípusok közül Automatic IP Dinamikus IP PPPoE PPTP L2TP és Static IP Statikus IP Billentyűzze be a szükséges információkat az ISO kapcsolat típusának megfelelően Ha végzett kattintson a Next Tovább elemre RT G _Hungarian indd 1 1 7 09 49 PM ...

Страница 296: ...at kövesse az alábbi utasításokat a WPS gyorsbeállítás engedélyezéséhez 1 A WPS funkció használatához győződjön meg arról hogy mind az RT G32 vezeték nélküli router mind a másik számítógép vezeték nélküli szoftveres WPS funkciója engedélyezett 2 Nyomja meg a WPS gombot az RT G32 vezeték nélküli router hátlapján 3 Az RT G32 WLAN LED je világít és lassan villog amikor a WPS kapcsolat sikeresen létes...

Страница 297: ...re 2 A Temporary Internet Files Ideiglenes internet fájlok alatt kattintson a Delete Cookies Sütik törlése és a Delete Files Fájlok törlése elemre A kliens nem tud vezeték nélküli kapcsolatot létesíteni a routerrel Tartományon kívül Próbálja meg közelebb helyezni a routert a vezeték nélküli klienshez Próbálkozzon a csatornák állításával Hitelesítés Használjon vezetékes kapcsolatot a routerhez tört...

Страница 298: ...folyamatosan BE van kapcsolva nem villog az internet elérés lehetséges Indítsa újra a számítógépet Tekintse meg a vezeték nélküli router gyors üzembe helyezési útmutatóját és végezze el újra a beállításokat Ellenőrizze hogy BE van e kapcsolva a vezeték nélküli router WAN jelzésű LED je Ellenőrizze a vezeték nélküli titkosítás beállításait Ellenőrizze hogy a számítógép le tudja e kérni az IP címet ...

Страница 299: ...tt értékekre Nyomja meg legalább öt másodpercig a vezeték nélküli router hátlapján lévő Restore Visszaállítás gombot Olvassa el az Restoring to the default settings Alapértelmezett beállítások visszaállítása című részt a felhasználói kézikönyv 4 fejezetében Az alábbiak a gyári alapbeállítások Felhasználónév admin Jelszó admin DHCP engedélyezése Igen ha a WAN kábelt csatlakoztatták IP cím 192 168 1...

Страница 300: ...unications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the...

Страница 301: ...ucted These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted These...

Страница 302: ...ll its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses a...

Страница 303: ...d a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and...

Страница 304: ...ribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights ...

Страница 305: ...cense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You...

Страница 306: ... if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places ...

Страница 307: ... MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM A...

Страница 308: ...713 Weboldal usa asus com Online támogatás support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Németország Ausztria Vállalat címe Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany Általános tel 49210295990 Általános fax 492102959911 Online elérhetőség www asus com de sales Műszaki támogatás Általános tel 49210295990 Általános fax 492102959911 Online támogatás www asus com de support Weboldal www asus com de news A weboldalo...

Страница 309: ...RT G32 Router wireless Manuale Utente ...

Страница 310: ... DIRIGENTI FUNZIONARI IMPIEGATI O DISTRIBUTORI SONO RESPONSABILI PER QUALSIASI DANNO INDIRETTO PARTICOLARE ACCIDENTALE O CONSEGUENTE COMPRESI DANNI DERIVANTI DA PERDITA DI PROFITTO PERDITA DI CONTRATTI PERDITA D USO O DI DATI INTERRUZIONE DELL ATTIVITA E SIMILI ANCHE SE ASUS E STATA AVVISATA DELLA POSSIBILITA CHE TALI DANNI SI POSSANO VERIFICARE IN SEGUITO A QUALSIASI DIFETTO O ERRORE NEL PRESENTE...

Страница 311: ... all assistenza e al supporto se previsti verranno specificati nella documentazione destinata al cliente fornita a corredo con il Prodotto E responsabilità dell utente prima ancora di richiedere l assistenza effettuare il backup dei contenuti presenti sul Prodotto inclusi i dati archiviati o il software installato nel prodotto ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC non è in alcun modo responsabile per qualsiasi dan...

Страница 312: ... o in ogni altra situazione che lo renda inutilizzabile anche la possibilità di utilizzare il prodotto OEM viene compromessa Chiunque acquisti unitamente al prodotto un software OEM è tenuto ad osservare i termini e le condizioni del contratto di licenza tra il proprietario del software e l utente finale denominato EULA End User LicenceAgreement visualizzato a video durante la fase di installazion...

Страница 313: ...o 10 Capitolo 2 Installazione hardware Installazione del Router Wireless 11 Connessione via Cavo 11 Connessione Wireless 12 Configurazione del Router Wireless 12 Tramite GUI Web 12 Capitolo 3 Configurazione client di rete Accesso al Router Wireless 14 Impostazione indirizzo IP per client via cavo o wireless 14 Capitolo 4 Configurazione tramite GUI web Configurazione tramite GUI web 21 Configurazio...

Страница 314: ...i indicatori LED del Router Wireless ASUS Capitolo 2 Installazione hardware Istruzioni su installazione accesso e configurazione del Router Wireless ASUS Capitolo 3 Configurazione client di rete Modalità di configurazione dei client di rete per funzionare con il Router Wireless ASUS Installazione delle Utilità 24 Device Discovery 26 Firmware Restoration 26 EZSetup 29 Configurazione rapida del tast...

Страница 315: ...so del Router Wireless ASUS Appendice Comunicazioni sulle normative e le dichiarazioni in materia di sicurezza Simboli Convenzionali Utilizzati nel Manuale AVVERTENZA Informazioni per evitare di farsi male nel tentativo di completare un operazione ATTENZIONE Informazioni per evitare danni ai componenti nel tentativo di completare un operazione IMPORTANTE Istruzioni da seguire obbligatoriamente per...

Страница 316: ...con capacità wireless Un TCP IP e un browser Internet Supporta Internet Explorer 6 0 o versioni successive Prima di Procedere Prima di installare il Router Wireless ASUS fare attenzione alle indicazioni di seguito La lunghezza del cavo Ethernet che collega il dispositivo alla rete hub modem ADSL cavo router presa a muro non deve superare i 100 metri Porre il dispositivo su una superficie orizzonta...

Страница 317: ...ale Indicatori di Stato LED Stato Indicazione Power Spento Assenza di alimentazione Acceso Sistema pronto WLAN Wireless LAN Spento Assenza di alimentazione Acceso Sistema wireless pronto Lampeggiante Trasmissione o ricezione dati wireless LAN 1 4 Local Area Network Spento Assenza di alimentazione o di connessione fisica Acceso Connessione fisica con una rete Ethernet Lampeggiante Trasmissione o ri...

Страница 318: ... Fi Protected Setup Configurazione Wi Fi protetto Reset Premere per tre secondi per ripristinare le impostazioni predefinite del costruttore WAN Porta per il collegamento di un cavo Ethernet RJ 45 per stabilire la connessione WAN LAN1 LAN4 Porte per il collegamento di cavi Ethernet RJ 45 per stabilire la connessione LAN CC 12V Inserire l adattatore CC in questa presa per collegare il router ad una...

Страница 319: ...i montaggio per installare il router su superfici in cemento e legno utilizzando due viti a testa rotonda 2 Aperture ventilazione Queste ventole forniscono la ventilazione al router Nota Per i dettagli sul montaggio del router a parte o su soffitto fare riferimento alla sezione Opzioni di montaggio nella pagina successiva del manuale ...

Страница 320: ...itivo potrebbe anche essere adattato al montaggio su parete o soffitto Per montare ASUS RT G32 1 Localizzare i due ganci per il montaggio sul lato inferiore dell apparecchio 2 Segnare la posizione dei due fori superiori su una parete o su di una superficie piana rialzata 3 Stringere le due viti sino a quando restano esposte solo per 1 4 4 Fissare i ganci di ASUS RT G32 sulle viti Nota Se il Router...

Страница 321: ...are facilmente una rete wireless protetta Note Per approfondimenti su EZSetup consultare il paragrafo EZSetup nel capitolo 5 di questo manuale Connessione via Cavo Il Router Wireless ASUS è fornito di un cavo Ethernet compreso nella confezione Dato che il router dispone della funzione integrata auto crossover per la connessione via cavo è possibile utilizzare sia cavi incrociati che diretti Per im...

Страница 322: ...o Configurazione del Router Wireless Il Router Wireless ASUS è dotato di un interfaccia grafica web web GUI che permette la configurazione del router tramite un browser web del computer Tramite GUI Web Se si collega il PC al router via cavo avviare un browser web e sarà automaticamente aperta la pagina di login dell interfaccia web del router Se si collega il PC al router per via wireless selezion...

Страница 323: ...s avviare un browser web Note E inoltre possibile digitare manualmente l indirizzo IP predefinito del router 192 168 1 1 per avviare l interfaccia web del router Per approfondimenti sulla configurazione del router wireless tramite GUI web consultare il Capitolo 4 Configurazione via GUI web ...

Страница 324: ...alcuni casi potrebbe essere necessario assegnare manualmente gli indirizzi IP statici su alcuni client o computer di rete piuttosto che riceverli automaticamente dal router wireless Seguire le indicazioni sottostanti che corrispondono al sistema operativo installato nel client o computer Nota Per assegnare manualmente un indirizzo IP ad un client è consigliabile utilizzare le seguenti impostazioni...

Страница 325: ...e per visualizzare la finestra della configurazione di rete 2 Selezionare TCP IP e poi Proprietà 3 Per ricevere automaticamente un indirizzo IP per il computer cliccare Ottieni automaticamente un indirizzo IP e poi premere OK Altrimenti cliccare Specifica un indirizzo IP e digitare indirizzo IP e Subnet Mask ...

Страница 326: ...di rete 4 Selezionare la scheda Gateway e digitare Nuovo gateway quindi premere Aggiungi 5 Selezionare la scheda Configurazione DNS e cliccare Abilita DNS Inserire Host Dominio e Ordine di Ricerca Server DNS quindi premere Aggiungi 6 Premere OK ...

Страница 327: ...da Protocolli 2 Selezionare TCP IP Protocol dall elenco dei Protocolli di Rete e poi premere Proprietà 3 Dalla scheda Indirizzo IP delle finestre Proprietà TCP IP Microsoft è possibile Selezionare il tipo di adattatore di rete installato nel sistema Configurare il router per assegnare automaticamente l indirizzo IP Impostare manualmente indirizzo IP subnet mask e gateway predefinito ...

Страница 328: ... Selezionare la scheda DNS e cliccare Aggiungi in Ordine di Ricerca Servizio DNS e digitare il DNS Windows 2000 1 Cliccare Start Pannello di Controllo Connessione di Rete e Dial up Con il tasto di destra selezionare Local Area Connection e poi Proprietà ...

Страница 329: ...rizzo IP e inserire indirizzo IP Subnet mask e Gateway predefinito 4 Selezionare Ottieni indirizzo server automaticamente per l assegnazione automatica elle impostazioni del server DNS Altrimenti seleZIONARE Utilizza i seguenti indirizzi server DNS e inserire server DNS Preferito e Alternativo 5 Al termine premere OK Windows XP 1 Cliccare Start Pannello di Controllo Connessione di Rete Con il tast...

Страница 330: ...tica delle impostazioni IP Altrimenti selezionare Utilizza il seguente indirizzo IP e inserire indirizzo IP Subnet mask e Gateway predefinito 4 Selezionare Ottieni indirizzo server automaticamente per l assegnazione automatica elle impostazioni del server DNS Altrimenti seleZIONARE Utilizza i seguenti indirizzi server DNS e inserire server DNS Preferito e Alternativo 5 Al termine premere OK ...

Страница 331: ...onfigurato una connessione via cavo o wireless avviare un browser web Appare automaticamente la pagina di accesso Note Per avviare l interfaccia web del router è anche possibile digitarne manualmente l indirizzo IP predefinito 192 168 1 1 2 Alla pagina di accesso digitare il nome utente predefinito admin e la password predefinita admin 3 Dalla pagina principale cliccare sul menu di navigazione o s...

Страница 332: ...Per effettuare upgrade the firmware 1 Cliccare Setting Impostazioni dal menu di navigazione sul lato sinistro dello schermo 2 Dal menu Administration Amministrazione cliccare Firmware Upgrade 3 Nel campo New Firmware File Nuovo File Firmware cliccare Browse Sfoglia per individuare il nuovo firmware nel computer 4 Cliccare Upload L operazione richiede circa tre minuti Note Se l upgrade non riesce i...

Страница 333: ... Setting Ripristina Salva Carica Impostazioni 3 Selezionare le operazioni da eseguire Per ripristinare le impostazioni di fabbrica cliccare Restore Ripristina e poi premere OK dal messaggio di conferma Per salvare le attuali impostazioni del sistema cliccare Save Salva nella finestra di download del file per salvare il file di sistema nel percorso preferito Per ripristinare le precedenti impostazi...

Страница 334: ...allare le Utilità WLAN ASUS in Microsoft Windows inserire il CD di Supporto nell unità per CD Se è disattivata la funzione di Esecuzine Automatica eseguire setup exe dalla cartella root del CD di Supporto Per installare le utilità 1 Fare clic su Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities Installa utilità per il router wireless ASUS Installazione delle utilità 2 Cliccare Next Avanti ...

Страница 335: ...re Next Avanti per accettare la cartella di destinazione predefinita oppure Browse Sfoglia per specificare un altro percorso 5 Fare clic su Install Installa per installare le utilità 6 Al termine dell operazione cliccare Finish Fine 4 Fare clic su Next Avanti ...

Страница 336: ...erca un Router Wireless ASUS in cui non riesce l operazione di upgrade del proprio firmware quindi ripristina o ri carica il firmware che si specifica L operazione richiede tre quattro minuti NON utilizzare questa utilità a meno che si siano rilevate situazioni anomale quali firmware corrotto impossibilità di eseguire l aggiornamento o collasso del sistema 1 Scaricare a versione più recente del fi...

Страница 337: ...Spegnere il router wireless tenere premuto il pulsante per il ripristino e quindi accendere di nuovo il dispositivo Il dispositivo wireless passa in modalità recupero una volta che il LED della WAN lampeggia NON spegnere o ripristinare il dispositivo quando si aggiorna il firmware In caso contrario vi è il rischio di problemi all avvio del computer Si raccomanda di utilizzare una connessione cabla...

Страница 338: ...ASUS Utility Utilità ASUS RT G32 Wireless Router Router wireless RT G32 Firmware Restoration Ripristina Firmware 5 Fare clic su Browse Sfoglia per scegliere il file del firmware e quindi fare clic su Upload Aggiorna 6 Dopo avere completato con successo il caricamento del firmware il dispositivo si riavvia automaticamente ...

Страница 339: ...tato fare clic su Next Avanti 2 Digitare il nome utente e la password per configurare il router wireless in Internet Una volta completato fare clic su Next Avanti EZSetup EZSetup è una utilità che consente di configurare in modo semplice la rete wireless Prima di installare EZSetup verificare che RT G32 sia collegato al modem o al PC utilizzando un cavo RJ45 ...

Страница 340: ...te SSID ed il canale sono collegati fare clic su Next Avanti per continuare In collegamento Connessione non riuscita Se la connessione non riesce verificare che tutto l hardware sia collegato in modo corretto e fare clic su Re search Cerca di nuovo per eseguire di nuovo la ricerca ...

Страница 341: ...re clic su Finish Fine per completare le impostazioni interne delle reti 5 Selezionare il tipo di connessione tra i tipi di servizi ISP presentati Automatic IP IP automatico PPPoE PPTP L2TP e Static IP IP static Inserire le informazioni necessarie per il tipo di connessione al proprio ISP Una volta completata l operazione fare clic su Next Avanti ...

Страница 342: ...1 e PCI G31 con funzione WPS seguire le istruzioni in basso per consentire di abilitare la configurazione rapida WPS 1 Per utilizzare il WPS accertarsi che sia il router wireless RT G32 che la funzione WPS del software di altri computer sia abilitata 2 Premere il pulsante WPS sul retro del pannello del router wireless RT G32 3 Il LED WLAN RT G32 può illuminarsi e lampeggiare lentamente una volta s...

Страница 343: ...i Internet 2 In File Internet Temporanei cliccare Rimuovi Cookie e Rimuovi File Il client non riesce a stabilire una connessione wireless con il router Fuori Raggio Collocare il router in posizione più vicina al client wireless Tentare di modificare le impostazioni dei canali Autenticazione Utilizzare la connessione via cavo per la connessione con il router Controllare le impostazioni relative all...

Страница 344: ...essibile Controllare gli indicatori di stato sul modem ADSL e sul Router Wireless Verificare che il LED WAN sul Router Wireless sia ACCESO Se il LED è SPENTO sostituire il cavo e riprovare Quando la spia del Link del Modem ADSL è ACCESA non lampeggiante significa che è possibile accedere a Internet Riavviare il computer Riferirsi alla Guida Rapida del router wireless e riconfigurare le impostazion...

Страница 345: ...rittografia sono state dimenticate Tentare di impostare la connessione via cavo per riconfigurare la codificazione wireless Premere il pulsante Restore sul pannello posteriore per oltre cinque secondi Come riportare il sistema sulle impostazioni predefinite Premere il pulsante Restore sul pannello posteriore per oltre cinque secondi Fare riferimento alla sezione Restoring to the default settings R...

Страница 346: ...rence to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving a...

Страница 347: ...0 1 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has bee...

Страница 348: ...are is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General ...

Страница 349: ...program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copyin...

Страница 350: ...ions when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or co...

Страница 351: ... copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in ful...

Страница 352: ...r donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright h...

Страница 353: ...LIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRI...

Страница 354: ...Germania Austria Indirizzo Harkort Str 25 D 40880 Ratingen Germany Tel Centrale 49 2102 95990 Sito Web www asus com de Fax Centrale 49 2102 959911 Contatto Online www asus com de sales Supporto Tecnico Supporto Componenti 49 2102 95990 Supporto Online http support asus com Supporto Notebook 49 2102 959910 Fax Supporto 49 2102 959911 ASUSTeK ITALY S r l Italia Indirizzo Centro Direzionale Villa Fio...

Страница 355: ...RT G32 Wireless Router Panduan Pengguna RT G _INDO indd 1 1 7 09 45 PM ...

Страница 356: ...M KONDISI APAPUN ASUS DIREKTUR STAF KARYAWAN ATAU AGENNYA TIDAK BERTANGGUNG JAWAB ATAS KERUSAKAN TIDAK LANGSUNG KHUSUS INSIDENTAL ATAU KONSEKUENSIAL TERMASUK KERUSAKAN AKIBAT KERUGIAN KEGAGALAN BISNIS ATAU KEHILANGAN MANFAAT ATAU DATA DAN LAIN LAIN MESKIPUN ASUS TELAH DIPERINGATKAN TENTANG KEMUNGKINAN ADANYA KERUSAKAN TERSEBUT AKIBAT DARI CACAT ATAU KESALAHAN DALAM PANDUAN ATAU PRODUK INI SPESIFIK...

Страница 357: ...1 Mempersiapkan router nirkabel 11 Mengkonfigurasi sambungan berkabel 11 Mengkonfigurasi sambungan nirkabel 12 Mengkonfigurasi router nirkabel 12 Menggunakan GUI Web 12 Mengkonfigurasi klien jaringan 14 Mengakses router nirkabel 14 Menetapkan alamat IP untuk klien berkabel atau nirkabel 14 Mengkonfigurasi melalui GUI Web 21 Mengkonfigurasi melalui GUI Web 21 Mengkonfigurasi Pengaturan 22 Meng upgr...

Страница 358: ...US Wireless Router Bab 2 Mempersiapkan perangkat keras Bab ini berisi informasi tentang cara mempersiapkan mengakses dan mengkonfigurasi ASUS Wireless Router Bab 3 Mengkonfigurasi klien jaringan Bab ini berisi informasi tentang cara mempersiapkan klien di jaringan untuk menggunakan ASUS Wireless Router Menginstal utilitas 24 Pencarian Perangkat 26 Pengembalian Firmware 26 EZSetup 29 Konfigurasi To...

Страница 359: ... umum yang terjadi saat menggunakan ASUS Wireless Router Lampiran Bab ini berisi Informasi Peraturan dan Informasi Keselamatan Ketentuan yang berlaku dalam panduan ini PERINGATAN Informasi untuk mencegah cedera saat Anda mencoba menyelesaikan langkah langkah sesuai petunjuk PERHATIAN Informasi untuk mencegah kerusakan komponen saat Anda mencoba menyelesaikan langkah langkah sesuai petunjuk PENTING...

Страница 360: ...engan kemampuan nirkabel TCP IP dan browser Internet terinstal Mendukung Internet Explorer 6 0 atau versi yang lebih baru Persiapan Pelajari panduan sebelum memasang ASUS Wireless Router Panjang kabel Ethernet yang menyambungkan perangkat ke jaringan hub ADSL modem kabel router soket terminal tidak boleh lebih dari 100 meter Letakkan perangkat pada permukaan yang datar dan stabil sejauh mungkin da...

Страница 361: ...kator status LED Status Indikasi Daya Mati Tidak ada daya Hidup Sistem siap WLAN Wireless LAN Mati Tidak ada daya Hidup Sistem nirkabel siap Berkedip Mengirim atau menerima data nirkabel LAN 1 4 Local Area Network Mati Tidak ada daya atau sambungan fisik Hidup Memiliki sambungan fisik ke jaringan Ethernet Berkedip Mengirim atau menerima data melalui kabel Ethernet WAN Wide Area Network Mati Tidak ...

Страница 362: ...ini untuk mengaktifkan WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Reset Tekan selama 3 detik untuk kembali ke pengaturan default pabrik WAN Sambungkan kabel Ethernet RJ 45 ke port ini untuk membuat sambungan WAN LAN1 LAN4 Sambungkan kabel Ethernet RJ 45 ke port ini untuk membuat sambungan LAN DC 12V Masukkan adaptor DC ke port ini untuk menyambungkan router ke catu daya RT G _INDO indd 8 1 7 09 50 PM ...

Страница 363: ...ermukaan berbahan beton atau kayu menggunakan dua sekrup kepala bulat 2 Ventilasi udara Celah ini berfungsi sebagai ventilasi router Catatan Untuk informasi rinci tentang cara memasang router di dinding atau langit langit lihat bagian Mounting options Pilihan Pemasangan pada halaman berikutnya dalam panduan pengguna ini RT G _INDO indd 9 1 7 09 50 PM ...

Страница 364: ...apat dipasang di dinding atau langit langit Untuk memasang ASUS Wireless Router 1 Lihat dua kait pemasangan di bagian bawah 2 Tandai dua lubang atas pada permukaan yang datar 3 Kencangkan dua sekrup hingga hanya terlihat 1 4 4 Pasang kait ASUS Wireless Router ke sekrup Catatan Atur ulang sekrup jika Anda tidak dapat mengaitkan ASUS Wireless Router atau jika sekrup terlalu longgar RT G _INDO indd 1...

Страница 365: ...nformasi lebih rinci tentang EZSetup lihat bagian EZSetup pada Bab 5 dalam panduan pengguna ini Mengkonfigurasi sambungan berkabel ASUS Wireless Router diberikan bersama kabel Ethernet dalam kemasan Router nirkabel dilengkapi fungsi silang otomatis terpadu karenanya gunakan kabel langsung atau silang untuk sambungan berkabel Untuk mengkonfigurasi sambungan berkabel 1 Hidupkan router dan modem 2 Sa...

Страница 366: ...rkabel ASUS Wireless Router mencakup GUI Web antarmuka pengguna grafis Web yang dapat digunakan untuk mengkonfigurasi router nirkabel menggunakan browser Web di komputer Menggunakan GUI Web Jika PC tersambung ke router menggunakan kabel aktifkan browser Web kemudian halaman login GUI Web router akan terbuka secara otomatis Jika PC tersambung ke router secara nirkabel Anda harus memilih jaringan le...

Страница 367: ...r Web Catatan Anda juga dapat memasukkan alamat IP default router secara manual 192 168 1 1 untuk mengaktifkan antarmuka Web router Untuk informasi lebih rinci tentang cara mengkonfigurasi router nirkabel menggunakan GUI Web lihat Bab 4 Mengkonfigurasi melalui GUI Web RT G _INDO indd 1 1 7 09 5 PM ...

Страница 368: ...ecara manual di beberapa klien atau komputer di jaringan sebagai pengganti mendapatkan alamat IP secara otomatis dari router nirkabel Ikuti petunjuk di bawah ini sesuai dengan sistem operasi yang terinstal di klien atau komputer Catatan Jika Anda ingin menetapkan alamat IP ke klien secara manual sebaiknya gunakan pengaturan sebagai berikut Alamat IP 192 168 1 xxx xxx dapat berupa angka antara 2 da...

Страница 369: ...enampilkan jendela konfigurasi Network 2 Pilih TCP IP lalu klik Properties 3 Jika ingin komputer memperoleh alamat IP secara otomatis klik Obtain an IP address automatically lalu klik OK Atau klik Specify an IP address kemudian masukkan IP address dan Subnet Mask RT G _INDO indd 15 1 7 09 54 PM ...

Страница 370: ...figurasi klien 4 Pilih tab Gateway masukkan New gateway lalu klik Add 5 Pilih tab DNS configuration lalu klik Enable DNS Masukkan Host Domain dan DNS Server Search Order lalu klik Add 6 Klik OK RT G _INDO indd 16 1 7 09 55 PM ...

Страница 371: ... 2 Pilih TCP IP Protocol dari daftar Network Protocols lalu klik Properties 3 Dari tab IP Address di jendela Microsoft TCP IP Properties Anda dapat Pilih jenis adapter jaringan yang terpasang di sistem Atur agar router menetapkan alamat IP secara otomatis Tetapkan alamat IP subnet mask dan gateway default secara manual RT G _INDO indd 17 1 7 09 57 PM ...

Страница 372: ...4 Pilih tab DNS lalu klik Add dalam DNS Service Search Order kemudian masukkan DNS Windows 2000 1 Klik Start Control Panel Network and Dial up Connection Klik kanan Local Area Connection lalu klik Properties RT G _INDO indd 18 1 7 09 58 PM ...

Страница 373: ...udian masukkan IP address Subnet mask dan Default gateway 4 Pilih Obtain an IP address automatically jika ingin pengaturan server DNS ditetapkan secara otomatis Atau pilih Use the following DNS server address kemudian masukkan Preferred dan Alternate DNS server 5 Klik OK setelah selesai Windows XP 1 Klik Start Control Panel Network Connection Klik kanan Local Area Connection lalu pilih Properties ...

Страница 374: ...otomatis Atau pilih Use the following IP address kemudian masukkan IP address Subnet mask dan Default gateway 4 Pilih Obtain DNS server address automatically jika ingin pengaturan server DNS ditetapkan secara otomatis Atau pilih Use the following DNS server addresses kemudian masukkan Preferred and Alternate DNS server 5 Klik OK setelah selesai RT G _INDO indd 0 1 7 09 4 00 PM ...

Страница 375: ...eb 1 Setelah mengkonfigurasi sambungan kabel atau nirkabel aktifkan browser Web Halaman login akan terbuka secara otomatis Catatan Anda juga dapat memasukkan alamat IP default router secara manual 192 168 1 1 untuk membuka antarmuka Web router 2 Pada halaman login masukkan nama pengguna admin dan sandi admin default 3 Dari halaman utama klik menu atau link navigasi untuk mengkonfigurasi berbagai f...

Страница 376: ...g Pengaturan dari menu navigasi di sisi kiri layar 2 Dalam menu Administration Administrasi klik Firmware Upgrade Upgrade Firmware 3 Di kolom New Firmware File File Firmware Baru klik Browse Telusuri untuk mencari firmware baru di komputer 4 Klik Upload Proses upload memerlukan waktu sekitar 3 menit Catatan Jika proses upgrade gagal router nirkabel akan secara otomatis beralih ke mode darurat atau...

Страница 377: ...oad Setting Upload Pengaturan 3 Pilih tugas yang akan dijalankan Untuk mengembalikan pengaturan default pabrik klik Restore Kembalikan lalu klik OK pada pesan konfirmasi Untuk menyimpan pengaturan sistem aktif klik Save Simpan lalu klik Save Simpan di jendela download file untuk menyimpan file sistem di lokasi yang diinginkan Untuk mengembalikan pengaturan sistem sebelumnya klik Browse Telusuri un...

Страница 378: ...ginstal ASUS WLAN Utilities di Microsoft Windows masukkan CD dukungan ke drive CD Jika Autorun dinonaktifkan jalankan setup exe dari direktori akar CD dukungan Menginstal utilitas 2 Klik Next Lanjut Untuk menginstal utilitas 1 Klik Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities Instal ASUS Wireless Router Utilities RT G _INDO indd 4 1 7 09 4 0 PM ...

Страница 379: ...Lanjut untuk menyetujui folder tujuan default atau klik Browse Telusuri untuk menentukan lokasi lain 5 Klik Install Instal untuk menginstal utilitas 6 Klik Finish Selesai setelah konfigurasi selesai 4 Klik Next Lanjut RT G _INDO indd 5 1 7 09 4 0 PM ...

Страница 380: ...Pengembalian Firmware adalah utilitas yang mencari ASUS Wireless Router yang gagal selama proses upgrade firmware kemudian mengembalikan atau meng upload kembali firmware yang ditentukan Proses ini memerlukan waktu sekitar 3 hingga 4 menit JANGAN gunakan utilitas ini kecuali jika mengalami kondisi tidak normal misalnya firmware rusak upgrade gagal atau sistem terganggu 1 Download utilitas dan firm...

Страница 381: ...us tombol atur ulang kemudian hidupkan kembali perangkat Perangkat nirkabel akan beralih ke mode perbaikan setelah LED WLAN berkedip JANGAN matikan atau atur ulang perangkat sewaktu meng update firmware Jika dilakukan dapat menyebabkan kegagalan boot sistem Sebaiknya gunakan sambungan kabel dan tetapkan alamat IP secara manual untuk mendapatkan kondisi transmisi yang ideal Pastikan firewall di PC ...

Страница 382: ...ms ASUS Utility Utilitas ASUS RT G32 Wireless Router Firmware Restoration Pengembalian Firmware 5 Klik Browse Telusuri untuk memilih file firmware lalu klik Upload 6 Setelah berhasil meng upload perangkat akan secara otomatis menjalankan boot ulang RT G _INDO indd 8 1 7 09 4 05 PM ...

Страница 383: ...t 2 Masukkan nama pengguna dan sandi untuk mengkonfigurasi router nirkabel di Web Setelah selesai klik Next Lanjut EZSetup EZSetup adalah utilitas yang dapat digunakan untuk mengkonfigurasi jaringan nirkabel dengan mudah Sebelum menginstal EZSetup pastikan RT G32 tersambung ke modem atau PC menggunakan kabel RJ45 RT G _INDO indd 9 1 7 09 4 06 PM ...

Страница 384: ...SID jaringan dan kanal tersambung klik Next Lanjut untuk melanjutkan Menyambung Sambungan gagal Jika sambungan gagal pastikan perangkat keras dalam kondisi tersambung dengan benar lalu klik Re search Cari ulang untuk mencari kembali RT G _INDO indd 0 1 7 09 4 06 PM ...

Страница 385: ...lik Finish Selesai untuk menyelesaikan pengaturan jaringan internal 5 Pilih jenis sambungan dari jenis layanan ISP ini Automatic IP IP Otomatis PPPoE PPTP L2TP dan Static IP IP Statis Masukkan informasi yang diperlukan untuk jenis sambungan ISP Setelah selesai klik Next Lanjut RT G _INDO indd 1 1 7 09 4 07 PM ...

Страница 386: ...pter dengan fungsi WPS ikuti petunjuk di bawah ini untuk mengkonfigurasi WPS Quick WPS Cepat 1 Untuk menggunakan WPS pastikan RT G32 wireless router dan fungsi WPS perangkat lunak nirkabel komputer lain telah diaktifkan 2 Tekan tombol WPS di panel belakang RT G32 wireless router 3 LED WLAN RT G32 akan menyala dan berkedip perlahan setelah WPS tersambung RT G _INDO indd 1 7 09 4 07 PM ...

Страница 387: ... Web lalu klik Tools Internet Options 2 Dalam Temporary Internet files klik Delete Cookies dan Delete Files Sambungan nirkabel antara klien dan router tidak dapat dibuat Di Luar Jangkauan Dekatkan posisi router dengan klien nirkabel Coba ubah pengaturan kanal Otentikasi Gunakan sambungan berkabel untuk tersambung ke router Periksa pengaturan keamanan nirkabel Tekan tombol Reset pada panel belakang...

Страница 388: ...SL menyala tidak berkedip berarti Internet tidak dapat diakses Hidupkan ulang komputer Lihat Panduan Ringkas router nirkabel kemudian konfigurasikan ulang pengaturan Pastikan LED WAN pada router nirkabel menyala Periksa pengaturan enkripsi nirkabel Pastikan komputer dapat memperoleh alamat IP melalui jaringan berkabel dan nirkabel Pastikan browser Web dikonfigurasi untuk menggunakan LAN lokal dan ...

Страница 389: ...turan default Tekan tombol Restore Kembalikan pada panel belakang router nirkabel selama lebih dari 5 detik Lihat bagian Restoring to the default settings Mengembalikan pengaturan default pada Bab 4 dalam panduan pengguna ini Berikut adalah pengaturan default pabrik Nama Pengguna admin Sandi admin Aktifkan DHCP Yes Ya jika kabel WAN tersambung Alamat IP 192 168 1 1 Nama Domain Kosong Subnet Mask 2...

Страница 390: ...unications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the...

Страница 391: ...ucted These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted These...

Страница 392: ...ll its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses a...

Страница 393: ...nd a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution an...

Страница 394: ...ribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights ...

Страница 395: ...he Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to ...

Страница 396: ...hrough any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explici...

Страница 397: ...S FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE...

Страница 398: ...550883 Faks 15029338713 Situs Web usa asus com Download perangkat lunak support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Jerman dan Austria Alamat Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany Telepon 49210295990 Faks 492102959911 Kontak online www asus com de sales Dukungan Teknis Telepon 49210295990 Faks 492102959911 Dukungan online www asus com de support Situs Web www asus com de news Formulir Permintaan Teknis o...

Страница 399: ...RT G32 Router sem fios Manual do utilizador RT G _Portuguese indd 1 1 7 09 46 55 PM ...

Страница 400: ... OFICIAIS EMPREGADOS OU AGENTES SER RESPONSABILIZADA POR QUAISQUER DANOS INDIRECTOS ESPECIAIS ACIDENTAIS OU CONSEQUENTES INCLUINDO DANOS PELA PERDA DE LUCROS PERDA DE NEGÓCIO PERDA DE UTILIZAÇÃO OU DE DADOS INTERRUPÇÃO DA ACTIVIDADE ETC MESMO QUE A ASUS TENHA SIDO ALERTADA PARA A POSSIBILIDADE DE OCORRÊNCIA DE TAIS DANOS RESULTANTES DE QUALQUER DEFEITO OU ERRO NESTE MANUAL OU NO PRODUTO AS ESPECIF...

Страница 401: ...guração de uma ligação com fios 11 Configuração de uma ligação sem fios 12 Configuração do router sem fios 12 Utilização da interface gráfica para a web 12 Capítulo 2 Configuração dos clientes de rede Aceder ao router sem fios 14 Configurar um endereço IP para um cliente cablado ou sem fios 14 Capítulo 3 Configuração com a interface gráfica para a web Configuração com a interface gráfica para a we...

Страница 402: ...ASUS Capítulo 2 Instalação do hardware Este capítulo inclui informação sobre a instalação o acesso e a configuração do router sem fios da ASUS Capítulo 3 Configuração dos clientes de rede Este capítulo inclui informação sobre a configuração de clientes na sua rede para utilização do seu router sem fios da ASUS Instalação dos utilitários 24 O Device Discovery 26 O Firmware Restoration 26 EZSetup 29...

Страница 403: ...resolução de problemas comuns que possam surgir durante a utilização do router sem fios da ASUS Apêndices Este capítulo inclui os avisos obrigatórios e as normas de segurança Convenções usadas neste guia AVISO Informação que se destina a evitar que sofra lesões ao tentar concluir uma tarefa CUIDADO Informação que se destina a evitar que danifique os componentes ao tentar concluir uma tarefa IMPORT...

Страница 404: ... requisitos Porta Ethernet RJ 45 10Base T 100Base TX Pelo menos um dispositivo IEEE 802 11b g com capacidade para ligação sem fios Protocolo TCP IP e browser para a Internet instalado Suporta o Internet Explorer 6 0 ou superior Antes de prosseguir Tenha em atenção as directrizes seguintes antes de instalar o router sem fios da ASUS O comprimento do cabo Ethernet que liga o dispositivo à rede hub m...

Страница 405: ...umana adoptadas pela FCC Federal Communications Commission Características do hardware Painel frontal LEDs indicadores de estado LED Estado Significado Alimentação Desligado Não há alimentação Ligado Sistema pronto WLAN Wireless LAN Desligado Não há alimentação Ligado Sistema sem fios pronto Flashing A transmitir ou a receber dados sem fios LAN 1 4 Local Area Network Desligado Sem alimentação ou q...

Страница 406: ...iar a funcionalidade WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Reset Prima durante três segundos para restaurar as definições de fábrica WAN Ligue um cabo Ethernet RJ 45 a esta porta para ligar à WAN LAN1 LAN4 Ligue cabos Ethernet RJ 45 a estas portas para ligar à LAN DC 12V Insira o transformador DC nesta porta para ligar o seu router a uma fonte de alimentação RT G _Portuguese indd 8 1 7 09 46 57 PM ...

Страница 407: ...perfície de cimento ou de madeira usando dois parafusos de cabeça redonda 2 Condutas de ventilação Estas condutas permitem a ventilação do router Nota Para mais informações sobre a montagem do router na parede ou no tecto consulte a secção Mounting options Opções de montagem na página seguinte deste manual do utilizador RT G _Portuguese indd 9 1 7 09 46 58 PM ...

Страница 408: ...a para montagem numa parede ou tecto Para montar o RT G32 ASUS 1 Procure dois ganchos de montagem na parte inferior 2 Marque dois orifícios superiores numa parede ou numa superfície plana e elevada 3 Aperte dois parafusos até que apenas esteja visível 1 4 4 Prenda os ganchos do RT G32 ASUS aos parafusos Nota Reajuste os parafusos se não conseguir prender o Router Sem Fios ASUS aos parafusos ou se ...

Страница 409: ...tas Para mais informações sobre o EZSetup consulte a secção EZSetup no Capítulo 5 deste manual do utilizador Configuração de uma ligação com fios O router sem fios da ASUS vem acompanhado de um cabo Ethernet Uma vez que o router sem fios integra uma função de cruzamento automático isto permite lhe utilizar quer um cabo simples quer um cabo cruzado para a ligação com fios Para configurar a ligação ...

Страница 410: ...e autenticação utilizado é o de sistema aberto Configuração do router sem fios O router sem fios da ASUS inclui uma interface gráfica para a web que lhe permite configurar o router sem fios usando o browser da web instalado no computador Utilização da interface gráfica para a web Se a ligação entre o PC e o router for feita através de um cabo abra o seu browser da web A página de início de sessão ...

Страница 411: ... ligação a este SSID predefinido 3 Depois de ter estabelecido uma ligação sem fios abra o browser da web Notas Pode também introduzir manualmente o endereço IP predefinido do router 192 168 1 1 para abrir a interface da web Para mais informação sobre a configuração do router sem fios usando a interface gráfica para a web consulte o Capítulo 4 Configuração com a interface gráfica para a web RT G _P...

Страница 412: ...rer atribuir endereços IP fixos a determinados clientes ou computadores da rede em vez de os obter automaticamente a partir do router sem fios Siga as instruções que correspondem ao sistema operativo instalado no seu cliente ou computador Nota Se quiser atribuir manualmente um endereço IP ao cliente recomendamos lhe que use as seguintes definições Endereço IP 192 168 1 xxx os xxx podem representar...

Страница 413: ...em Properties Propriedades 3 Se quiser que o seu computador obtenha automaticamente um endereço IP clique em Obtain an IP address automatically Obter um endereço IP automaticamente e depois clique em OK Caso contrário clique em Specify an IP address Especificar um endereço IP e depois introduza a informação relevante nos campos IP address Endereço IP e Subnet Mask Máscara de sub rede RT G _Portugu...

Страница 414: ...ay Novo gateway e clique em Add Adicionar 5 Seleccione o separador DNS configuration Configuração DNS e clique em Enable DNS Activar DNS Introduza a informação relevante nos campos Host Anfitrião Domain Domínio e DNS Server Search Order Ordem de procura do servidor DNS e clique em Add Adicionar 6 Clique em OK RT G _Portuguese indd 16 1 7 09 47 00 PM ...

Страница 415: ...lo TCP IP na lista Network Protocols Protocolos de rede e clique em Properties Propriedades 3 No separador IP Address Endereço IP da janela Microsoft TCP IP Properties Propriedades TCP IP da Microsoft pode Seleccionar o tipo de placa de rede instalada no seu sistema Definir o router para atribuir endereços IP automaticamente Definir manualmente o endereço IP a máscara de sub rede e o gateway prede...

Страница 416: ... do servidor DNS e introduza a informação relativa ao DNS Windows 2000 1 Clique em Start Iniciar Control Panel Painel de controlo Network and Dial up Connection Ligações de acesso telefónico e de rede Prima a tecla direita do rato sobre a opção Local Area Connection Rede local e depois clique em Properties Propriedades RT G _Portuguese indd 18 1 7 09 47 01 PM ...

Страница 417: ...way Gateway predefinido Windows XP 1 Clique em Start Iniciar Control Panel Painel de controlo Network Connection Ligações de rede Prima a tecla direita do rato sobre a opção Local Area Connection Rede local e depois seleccione Properties Propriedades 4 Seleccione a opção Obtain an IP address automatically Obter um endereço IP automaticamente se quiser que as definições do servidor DNS sejam atribu...

Страница 418: ...troduza a informação relevante nos campos IP address Endereço IP Subnet mask Máscara de sub rede e Default gateway Gateway predefinido 4 Seleccione a opção Obtain DNS server address automatically Obter endereço do servidor DNS automaticamente se quiser que as definições do servidor DNS sejam atribuídas automaticamente Caso contrário seleccione Use the following DNS server address Usar o seguinte e...

Страница 419: ...a para a web 1 Depois de ter estabelecido uma ligação com ou sem fios abra o browser da web A página de início de sessão é automaticamente aberta Nota Pode também introduzir manualmente o endereço IP predefinido do router 192 168 1 1 para abrir a interface da web 2 Na página de início de sessão introduza o nome de utilizador predefinido admin e a senha admin 3 Na página principal clique no menu de...

Страница 420: ...o menu de navegação visível no lado esquerdo do ecrã 2 No menu Administration Administração clique em Firmware Upgrade Actualização do firmware 3 No campo New Firmware File Novo ficheiro de firmware clique em Browse Procurar para definir onde quer guardar o novo firmware no computador 4 Clique em Upload Transferir A operação de transferência demora cerca de três minutos Nota Se a actualização falh...

Страница 421: ...3 Seleccione as tarefas que pretende executar Para restaurar as predefinições de fábrica clique em Restore Restaurar e depois em OK na mensagem de confirmação Para guardar as definições do sistema actuais clique em Save Guardar e depois novamente em Save Guardar na janela de transferência do ficheiro para guardar o ficheiro do sistema no caminho pretendido Para restaurar as definições do sistema a...

Страница 422: ...sistema operativo Microsoft Windows introduza o CD de suporte na unidade de CD ROM Se a função de execução automática estiver desactivada execute o ficheiro setup exe que encontra no directório raiz do CD Para instalar os utilitários 1 Clique em Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities Instalar utilitários do router ASUS sem fios Instalação dos utilitários 2 Clique em Next Seguinte RT G _Portuguese ...

Страница 423: ...te para aceitar a pasta de destino predefinida ou em Browse Procurar para especificar um caminho diferente 5 Clique em Install Instalar para instalar o utilitário 6 Clique em Finish Concluir quando terminar 4 Clique em Next Seguinte RT G _Portuguese indd 5 1 7 09 47 04 PM ...

Страница 424: ...ue procura um router sem fios da ASUS que tenha falhado durante a actualização do firmware e que restaura ou volta a carregar o firmware que o utilizador especificar Esta operação demora cerca de três ou quatro minutos NÃO utilize este utilitário a menos que encontre situações anormais tais como firmware danificado falha de actualização ou de sistema 1 Transfira as versões mais recentes do firmwar...

Страница 425: ...1 254 3 Desligue o router sem fios prima e mantenha premido o botão reset reiniciar e ligue novamente o dispositivo O dispositivo sem fios entrará em modo de recuperação quando o LED WLAN piscar NÃO desligue ou reinicie o dispositivo durante a actualização do firmware Se o fizer poderá provocar falhas no arranque do sistema Sugerimos que utilize a ligação com fios e defina manualmente o endereço I...

Страница 426: ...gramas ASUS Utility Utilitário ASUS RT G32 Wireless Router Router sem fios RT G32 Firmware Restoration Restauro do firmware 5 Clique em Browse Procurar para seleccionar o ficheiro de firmware e depois clique em Upload Enviar 6 Depois do envio com êxito do firmware o dispositivo reiniciará automaticamente RT G _Portuguese indd 8 1 7 09 47 05 PM ...

Страница 427: ...te 2 Introduza o nome de utilizador e a palavra passe para configurar o router sem fios na Web Quando terminar clique em Next Seguinte EZSetup O EZSetup é um utilitário que lhe permite configurar facilmente a sua rede sem fios Antes de instalar o EZSetup certifique se que o RT G32 está ligado ao modem ou ao PC por um cabo RJ45 RT G _Portuguese indd 9 1 7 09 47 05 PM ...

Страница 428: ... o nome de rede SSID e o canal clique em Next Seguinte para continuar A ligar A ligação falhou Se a ligação falhar certifique se que o hardware está devidamente ligado e clique em Re search Procurar novamente para procurar novamente RT G _Portuguese indd 0 1 7 09 47 06 PM ...

Страница 429: ...luir para terminar as definições das redes internas 5 Seleccione o seu tipo de ligação a partir dos seguintes tipos de serviços de ISP Automatic IP IP automático PPPoE PPTP L2TP e Static IP IP estático Introduza as informações necessárias para o tipo de ligação do seu ISP Quando terminar clique em Next Seguinte RT G _Portuguese indd 1 1 7 09 47 06 PM ...

Страница 430: ...o WPS siga as instruções em baixo para activar a configuração rápida do botão WPS 1 Para usar o botão WPS certifique se de que a função WPS tanto do router sem fios RT G32 como do outro computador sem fios está activada 2 Prima o botão WPS existente no painel traseiro do router sem fios RT G32 3 O LED da WLAN RT G32 pode acender e piscar lentamente depois de estabelecida a ligação WPS RT G _Portug...

Страница 431: ...2 Na opção Temporary Internet files Ficheiros temporários da Internet clique em Delete Cookies Eliminar cookies e depois em Delete Files Eliminar ficheiros O cliente não consegue estabelecer uma ligação sem fios com o router Fora de alcance Coloque o router mais próximo do cliente sem fios Experimente alterar as definições do canal Autenticação Utilize uma ligação com fios para ligar ao router Ver...

Страница 432: ...l de que é possível ligar à Internet Reinicie o computador Consulte o guia de consulta rápida do router sem fios e volte a configurar as definições Verifique se o LED WAN no router sem fios está LIGADO Verifique as definições de encriptação da função sem fios Verifique se o computador consegue ou não obter o endereço IP tanto através da rede com fios como da rede sem fios Certifique se de que o se...

Страница 433: ... o botão Restore existente no painel traseiro do router sem fios durante mais de cinco segundos Consulte a secção Restoring to the default settings Restaurar para as definições de fábrica no capítulo 4 deste manual do utilizador AS opções seguintes são as predefinições de fábrica Nome de utilizador admin Senha admin Activar DHCP Sim se o cabo WAN estiver ligado Endereço IP 192 168 1 1 Nome de domí...

Страница 434: ...ations However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the sep...

Страница 435: ...ed These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted These ar...

Страница 436: ...its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are ...

Страница 437: ...a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and m...

Страница 438: ...ute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to ...

Страница 439: ...nse or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You a...

Страница 440: ... he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the...

Страница 441: ...ERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS ...

Страница 442: ...site Web usa asus com Assistência online support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Alemanha Áustria Morada da empresa Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany Geral tel 49210295990 Geral fax 492102959911 Contacto online www asus com de sales Assistência técnica Geral tel 49210295990 Geral fax 492102959911 Assistência online www asus com de support Endereço do site Web www asus com de news Neste site está ...

Страница 443: ...RT G32 Router bezprzewodowy Podręcznik użytkownika RT G _polish indd 1 1 7 09 40 1 PM ...

Страница 444: ...FIRMA ASUS JEJ DYREKTORZY KIEROWNICY PRACOWNICY LUB AGENCI NIE BĘDĄ ODPOWIADAĆ ZA JAKIEKOLWIEK NIEBEZPOŚREDNIE SPECJANE PRZYPADKOWE LUB KONSEKWENTNE SZKODY WŁĄCZNIE Z UTRATĄ ZYSKÓW TRANSAKCJI BIZNESOWYCH UTRATĄ MOŻLIWOŚCI KORZYSTANIA LUB UTRACENIEM DANYCH PRZERWAMI W PROWADZENIU DZIAŁANOŚCI ITP NAWET JEŚLI FIRMA ASUS UPRZEDZAŁA O MOŻLIWOŚCI ZAISTNIENIA TAKICH SZKÓD W WYNIKU JAKICHKOLWIEK DEFEKTÓW ...

Страница 445: ...routera bezprzewodowego 11 Ustawienia połączenia przewodowego 11 Ustawienia połączenia bezprzewodowego 12 Konfiguracja routera bezprzewodowego 12 Używanie web GUI 12 Rozdział 3 Konfiguracja klientów sieciowych Dostęp do routera bezprzewodowego 14 Ustawienie adresu IP dla klienta przewodowego lub bezprzewodowego 14 Rozdział 4 Konfiguracja poprzez web GUI Konfiguracja przez web GUI 21 Konfiguracja u...

Страница 446: ...zewodowego ASUS Rozdział 2 Ustawienia sprzętu Ten rozdział udostępnia instrukcje dotyczące ustawień dostępu i konfiguracji routera bezprzewodowego ASUS Rozdział 3 Konfiguracja klientów sieciowych Ten rozdział udostępnia instrukcje dotyczące ustawień klientów w sieci do pracy z routerem bezprzewodowego ASUS Instalacja narzędzi 24 Device Discovery 26 Firmware Restoration 26 EZSetup 29 Szybkie ustawi...

Страница 447: ...w umożliwiające rozwiązanie popularnych problemów które mogą wystąpić podczas używania routera bezprzewodowego ASUS Dodatki Ten rozdział zawiera uwagi dotyczące przepisów i oświadczenia bezpieczeństwa Konwencje stosowane w tym podręczniku OSTRZEŻENIE Informacja o możliwości odniesienia obrażeń podczas wykonywania zadania PRZESTROGA Informacja o możliwości uszkodzenia komponentów podczas wykonywani...

Страница 448: ...t Ethernet RJ 45 10Base T 100Base TX Co najmniej jedno urządzenie IEEE 802 11b g z możliwością pracy bezprzewodowej Zainstalowany protokół TCP IP i przeglądarka Internetu Obsługa Internet Explorer 6 0 lub wersji późniejszej Przed kontynuowaniem Przed instalacją routera bezprzewodowego ASUS należy zastosować się do następujących wskazówek Długość kabla Ethernet do połączenia urządzenia z siecią hub...

Страница 449: ... Communications Commission Federalna Komisja ds Komunikacji Funkcje sprzętowe Panel przedni Wskaźniki stanu LED Stan Wskazanie Zasilanie Wyłączony Brak zasilania Włączony Gotowość systemu WLAN Sieć bezprzewodowa Wyłączony Brak zasilania Włączony Gotowość systemu bezprzewodowego Miganie Transmisja lub odbieranie danych bezprzewodowe LAN 1 4 Lokalna sieć komputerowa Wyłączony Brak zasilania lub fizy...

Страница 450: ...ezpieczenia Wi Fi Reset Naciśnij na trzy sekundy aby przywrócić domyślne ustawienia fabryczne WAN Do tego portu należy podłączyć kabel Ethernet RJ 45 w celu ustanowienia połączenia WAN LAN1 LAN4 Podłącz do tych portów kable Ethernet RJ 45 w celu ustanowienia połączenia LAN Prąd stały 12 V Włóż adapter prądu stałego do tego portu aby podłączyć router do źródła zasilania RT G32_polish indd 8 1 7 09 ...

Страница 451: ...b drewnianych powierzchniach używając dwóch śrub z okrągłymi łbami 2 Szczeliny wentylacyjne Te szczeliny wentylacyjne zapewniają wentylację routera Uwaga Szczegółowe informacje dotyczące montażu routera na ścianie lub na suficie znajdują się w części Mounting options Opcje montażowe na następnej stronie tego podręcznika użytkownika RT G _polish indd 9 1 7 09 40 7 PM ...

Страница 452: ...ontowanej na ścianie lub na suficie W celu montażu ASUS RT G32 1 Odszukaj pod spodem dwa zaczepy montażowe 2 Odznacz na ścianie lub na wznoszącej się płaskiej powierzchni dwa górne otwory 3 Dokręć dwie śruby aż do pozostawienia 1 4 długości 4 Ustaw zaczepy ASUS RT G32 na śrubach Uwaga Wyreguluj ponownie śruby jeśli nie można zaczepić routera bezprzewodowego ASUS na dwóch śrubach lub jeśli połączen...

Страница 453: ...łączenia bezprzewodowego Uwagi Dalsze szczegółowe informacje dotyczące EZSetup zawiera część EZSetup Rozdziała 5 tego podręcznika użytkownika Ustawienia połączenia przewodowego Router bezprzewodowy ASUS jest dostarczany z kablem Ethernet Router bezprzewodowy posiada zintegrowaną funkcję automatycznego krosowania dlatego do połączenia przewodowego można używać skrętki prostej lub skrosowanej Aby us...

Страница 454: ...niania otwarty system Konfiguracja routera bezprzewodowego Router bezprzewodowy ASUS posiada graficzny intefejs użytkownika oparty o sieć web web GUI który umożliwia konfigurację routera bezprzewodowego z użyciem w komputerze przeglądarki sieci web Używanie web GUI Jeśli komputer PC łączy się z routerem poprzez kabel uruchom przeglądarkę sieci web po czym zostanie automatycznie uruchomiona strona ...

Страница 455: ...Połącz z domyślnym SSID 3 Po ustanowieniu połączenia bezprzewodowego uruchom przeglądarkę Uwagi W celu uruchomienia interfejsu web routera można także ręcznie wprowadzić domyślny adres IP routera 192 168 1 1 W celu uzyskania dalszych szczegółowych informacji dotyczących konfiguracji routera bezprzewodowego z użyciem web GUI sprawdź Rozdział 4 Konfiguracja poprzez web GUI RT G _polish indd 1 1 7 09...

Страница 456: ...ęczne przydzielenie statycznych adresów IP niektórym klientom lub komputerom w sieci niż automatyczne uzyskanie adresów IP z routera bezprzewodowego Wykonaj instrukcje poniżej które odpowiadają systemowi operacyjnemu zainstalowanemu w urządzeniu klienta lub komputerze Uwaga Aby ręcznie przydzielić adres IP dla klienta zaleca się użycie następujących ustawień Adres IP 192 168 1 xxx xxx może być dow...

Страница 457: ... sieci 2 Wybierz TCP IP a następnie kliknij Properties Właściwości 3 Aby komputer automatycznie uzyskiwał adres IP kliknij Obtain an IP address automatically Uzyskaj adres IP automatycznie a następne kliknij OK W przeciwnym razie kliknij Specify an IP address Określ adres IP a następnie wprowadź IP address Adres IP i Subnet Mask Maska podsieci RT G _polish indd 15 1 7 09 40 41 PM ...

Страница 458: ... gateway Nowa brama a następnie kliknij Add Dodaj 5 Wybierz zakładkę DNS configuration Konfiguracja DNS i kliknij Enable DNS Włącz DNS Wprowadź Host Domain Domena i DNS Server Search Order Kolejność wyszukiwania serwera DNS a następnie kliknij Add Dodaj 6 Kliknij OK RT G32_polish indd 16 1 7 09 40 4 PM ...

Страница 459: ...rz TCP IP Protocol Protokół TCP IP z listy Network Protocols Protokoły sieciowe a następnie kliknij Properties Właściwości 3 W zakładce IP Address Adres IP okna Microsoft TCP IP Properties Właściwości Microsoft TCP IP można Wybierz typ adaptera sieciowego zainstalowanego w systemie Ustaw automatyczne przydzielanie routerowi adresu IP Ręczne ustawienie adresu IP maski podsieci i domyślnej bramy RT ...

Страница 460: ... Search Order Kolejność wyszukiwania usług DNS i wprowadź DNS Windows 2000 1 Kliknij Start Control Panel Panel sterowania Network and Dial up Connection Sieć i połączenie dial up Kliknij prawym przyciskiem Local Area Connection Połączenie lokalne a następnie kliknij Properties Właściwości RT G32_polish indd 18 1 7 09 40 45 PM ...

Страница 461: ...i Default gateway Domyślna brama Windows XP 1 Kliknij Start Control Panel Panel sterowania Network Connection Połączenie sieciowe Kliknij prawym przyciskiem Local Area Connection Połączenie lokalne a następnie wybierz Properties Właściwości 4 Wybierz Obtain an IP address automatically Uzyskaj adres IP automatycznie aby automatycznie przydzielić ustawienia serwera DNS W przeciwnym razie wybierz Use...

Страница 462: ...wing IP address Użyj następującego adresu IP i wprowadź IP address Adres IP Subnet mask Maska podsieci i Default gateway Domyślna brama 4 Wybierz Obtain an IP address automatically Uzyskaj adres IP automatycznie aby automatycznie przydzielić ustawienia serwera DNS W przeciwnym razie wybierz Use the following DNS server address Użyj następującego adresu serwera DNS i wprowadź Preferred and Alternat...

Страница 463: ...u połączenia przewodowego lub bezprzewodowego uruchom przeglądarkę sieci web Nastąpi automatyczne uruchomienie strony logowania Uwaga W celu uruchomienia interfejsu web routera można także ręcznie wprowadzić domyślny adres IP routera 192 168 1 1 2 Na stronie logowania wprowadź domyślną nazwę użytkownika admin i hasło admin 3 Na stronie głównej kliknij menu nawigacji lub łącza do konfiguracji różny...

Страница 464: ...z menu nawigacji w lewej części ekranu 2 W menu Administration Administracja kliknij Firmware Upgrade Aktualizacja firmware 3 W polu New Firmware File Nowy plik firmware kliknij Browse Przeglądaj aby zlokalizować nowy firmware w komputerze 4 Kliknij Upload Prześlij Proces przesyłania zajmie około trzech minut Uwaga Jeśli aktualizacja nie powiedzie się router bezprzewodowy automatycznie przejdzie d...

Страница 465: ...rześlij ustawienia 3 Wybierz zadania w celu Przywrócenia domyślnych ustawień fabrycznych kliknij Restore Przywroć i kliknij OK w komunikacie potwierdzenia Aby zapisać bieżące ustawienia systemu kliknij Save Zapisz i kliknij Save Zapisz w oknie pobierania pliku aby zapisać plik systemowy w preferowanej ścieżce Aby przywrócić poprzednie ustawienia systemu kliknij Browse Przeglądaj aby zlokalizować p...

Страница 466: ...US WLAN Utilities w Microsoft Windows włóż pomocniczy dysk CD do napędu CD Po wyłączeniu Autorun Automatyczne uruchamianie uruchom setup exe z głównego katalogu pomocniczego dysku CD W celu instalacji narzędzi 1 Kliknij Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities Zainstaluj programy narzędziowe Instalacja narzędzi 2 Kliknij Next Dalej RT G _polish indd 4 1 7 09 40 49 PM ...

Страница 467: ...aakceptować domyślny folder przeznaczenia lub kliknij Browse Przeglądaj aby określić inną ścieżkę 5 Kliknij Install Zainstaluj aby zainstalować program narzędziowy 6 Kliknij Finish Zakończ po zakończeniu ustawień 4 Kliknij Next Dalej RT G _polish indd 5 1 7 09 40 50 PM ...

Страница 468: ...zukujące bezprzewodowy router ASUS który nie wykonał procesu aktualizacji firmware a następnie przywraca i ponownie ładuje określony firmware Proces trwa około trzy cztery minuty NIE należy używać tego programu narzędziowego w nienormalnych sytuacjach takich jak uszkodzenie firmware nieudana aktualizacja lub awaria systemu 1 Pobierz najnowszą wersję firmware i program narzędziowy z naszej strony s...

Страница 469: ...e routera bezprzewodowego naciśnij i przytrzymaj przycisk reset a następnie włącz ponownie zasilanie urządzenia Po zaświeceniu diody LED WLAN urządzenie bezprzewodowe przejdzie do trybu ratunkowego NIE należy wyłączać lub resetować urządzenia w czasie aktualizacji firmware Może to spowodować nieudane uruchomienie systemu Zalecamy użycie połączenia przewodowego i ustaw adres IP ręcznie aby uzyskać ...

Страница 470: ...rogram narzędziowy RT G32 Wireless Router Router bezprzewodowy RT G32 Firmware Restoration Odtworzenie firmware 5 Kliknij Browse Przeglądaj aby wybrać plik firmware a następnie kliknij Upload Prześlij 6 Po pomyślnym przesłaniu firmware nastąpi automatyczne ponowne uruchomienie urządzenia RT G32_polish indd 28 1 7 09 40 5 PM ...

Страница 471: ...adź nazwę użytkownika i hasło aby skonfigurować router bezprzewodowy w sieci web Po zakończeniu kliknij Next Dalej EZSetup EZSetup to program narzędziowy który umożliwia łatwe wykonanie ustawień sieci bezprzewodowej Przed instalacją EZSetup upewnij się że RT G32 jest podłączony do modemu lub komputera PC kablem RJ45 RT G _polish indd 9 1 7 09 40 5 PM ...

Страница 472: ...eniu kanału kliknij Next Dalej aby kontynuować Podłączanie Połączenie nie powiodło się Jeśli połączenie nie powiedzie się należy sprawdzić czy jest odpowiednio podłączone środowisko sprzętowe i kliknij Re search Wyszukaj ponownie aby wyszukać ponownie RT G _polish indd 0 1 7 09 40 5 PM ...

Страница 473: ... Kliknij Finish Zakończ aby zakończyć ustawienia sieci wewnętrznych 5 Wybierz typ połączenia z następujących typów usług ISP Automatic IP Automatyczny IP PPPoE PPTP L2TP i Static IP Statyczny IP Wprowadź niezbędne informacje dla typu połączenia ISP Po zakończeniu kliknij Next Dalej RT G _polish indd 1 1 7 09 40 54 PM ...

Страница 474: ...S należy wykonać instrukcje poniżej w celu włączenia szybkich ustawień WPS 1 Aby korzystać z WPS upewnij się że włączony jest router bezprzewodowy RT G32 i programowa funkcja połączenia bezprzewodowego WPS drugiego komputera 2 Naciśnij przycisk WPS na panelu tylnym routera bezprzewodowego RT G32 3 Po ustanowieniu połączenia WPS zaświeci się i zacznie wolno migać dioda LED WLAN RT G32 RT G _polish ...

Страница 475: ...iknij Tools Narzędzia Internet Options Opcje internetowe 2 W opcji Temporary Internet files Tymczasowe pliki internetowe kliknij Delete Cookies Usuń pliki cookie i Delete Files Usuń pliki Klient nie może ustanowić połączenia bezprzewodowego z routerem Poza zakresem Przesuń router bliżej klienta bezprzewodowego Spróbuj zmienić ustawienia kanałów Uwierzytelnianie Użyj połączenia przewodowego do połą...

Страница 476: ...ŁĄCZONA nie miga oznacza to że dostęp do Internetu jest możliwy Uruchom ponownie komputer Sprawdź informacje w Instrukcji szybkiego uruchomienia routera bezprzewodowego i przekonfiguruj ustawienia Sprawdź czy dioda LED WAN routera bezprzewodowego jest WŁĄCZONA Sprawdź ustawienia szyfrowania połączenia bezprzewodowego Sprawdź czy komputer może uzyskać adres IP przez sieć przewodową i bezprzewodową ...

Страница 477: ...wienia systemu Naciśnij przycisk Restore Przywróć na panelu tylnym routera bezprzewodowego na dłużej niż pięć sekund Sprawdź część Restoring to the default settings Przywracanie ustawień domyślnych w Rozdziale 4 tego podręcznika użytkownika Następujące ustawienia są fabrycznymi ustawieniami domyślnymi Nazwa użytkownika admin Hasło admin Włączenie DHCP Tak jeśli jest podłączony kabel WAN IP address...

Страница 478: ...ations However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the sep...

Страница 479: ...ted These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted These a...

Страница 480: ...ts users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are d...

Страница 481: ...a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and m...

Страница 482: ...ute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to ...

Страница 483: ...nse or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You a...

Страница 484: ...f he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places th...

Страница 485: ...MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS...

Страница 486: ...ci web usa asus com Pomoc online support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Niemcy Austria Adres firmy Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany Ogólna tel 49210295990 Ogólna faks 492102959911 Kontakt online www asus com de sales Pomoc techniczna Ogólna tel 49210295990 Ogólna faks 492102959911 Pomoc online www asus com de support Adres sieci web www asus com de news Na tej stronie dostępny jest online Techn...

Страница 487: ...RT G32 беспроводный роутер Руководство пользователя RT _UM_rus indd 1 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 488: ...S ее директора должностные лица служащие или агенты не несут ответственности за любые косвенные специальные случайные или являющиеся следствием чего либо убытки включая убытки из за потери прибыли потери бизнеса потери данных при остановки бизнеса и т п даже если ASUS сообщила о возможности таких убытков возникающих из за любой недоработки или ошибки в данном руко водстве или продукте Технические ...

Страница 489: ... проводного соединения 11 Установка беспроводного соединения 12 Конфигурация беспроводного роутера 12 Использование графического интерфейса 12 Подключение сетевых клиентов 14 Доступ к беспроводному роутеру 14 Установка IP адреса для проводного и беспроводного клиентов 14 Конфигурация 21 Конфигурация через веб интерфейс 21 Использование карты сети 22 Конфигурация дополнительных параметров 23 Обновл...

Страница 490: ...редоставлена информация по установке и конфигурации роутера Глава 3 Подключение сетевых клиентов В этой главе предоставлена информация по подключению клиентов к роутеру Глава 4 Конфигурация В этой глава предоставлены инструкции по конфигурации роутера используя веб интерфейс web GUI Установка утилит 25 Обнаружение устройства 27 Восстановление прошивки 27 EZSetup 30 Использование кнопки WPS 33 Устр...

Страница 491: ...е Здесь находятся уведомления и информация о безопасности Значки используемые в руководстве ВНИМАНИЕ Информацияопредотвращенииповрежденийоборудования потери данных и бытовых травм ОСТОРОЖНО Информация о действиях которые могут привести к повреждению оборудования потере данных или бытовым травмам СОВЕТ Полезные советы и информация для опытных пользователей Примечание Советы и информация по выполнен...

Страница 492: ... одно IEEE 802 11b g n устройство установленный TCP IP протокол и браузер установленный браузер Internet Explorer версии 6 0 или выше Подготовка Перед установкой роутера воспользуйтесь следующими рекомендациями ДлинаEthernetкабелядляподключениясетевыхустройство хаб ADSL кабельный модем роутер не должна превышать 100 метров Поместите устройство на ровную поверхность которая может выдержать его вес ...

Страница 493: ...ие питание Не горит Не питания Горит Система готова WLAN беспроводная сеть Не горит Нет питания Горит Беспроводная система готова Мигает Передача данных беспроводная сеть WAN глобальная сеть Не горит Нет питания или физического соединения Горит Имеется физическое соединение с Ethernet сетью Мигает Передача данных через кабель LAN 1 4 локальная сеть Не горит Нет питания или физического соединения Г...

Страница 494: ...учшего приема сигнала WPS Нажмите эту кнопку для запуска установки защищенной беспроводной сети WPS Reset Нажмите и удерживайте эту кнопку 3 секунды для сбоса ротера к настройкам по умолчанию LAN1 LAN4 Подключение сетевых устройств WAN Подключение модема DC 12V Подключение блока питания RT _UM_rus indd 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 495: ... Отверстия Отверстия предназначены для вентиляции 2 Монтажные петли Предназначены для крепления устройства на стене Примечание Подробную информацию по креплению устройства на стену смотрите в разделе Размещение Нижняя панель 2 1 RT _UM_rus indd 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 496: ...на стену Для крепления роутера выполните следующее 1 Найдите на нижней стороне две монтажных скобы 2 Отметьте на плоской поверхности место для двух отверстий 3 Закрутите два винта на три четверти 4 Повесьте роутер на винты Примечание Поправьте винты если вы не можете повесить роутер или он висит слишком свободно RT _UM_rus indd 10 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 497: ...p смотрите в разделе EZSetup главы 5 Установка проводного соединения В комплекте с роутером поставляется Ethernet кабель Беспроводный роутер имеет функцию определения перекрестного кабеля следовательно можно использовать любой кабель Для установки проводного соединения выполните следующее 1 Выключите роутер и модем 2 С помощью Ethernet кабеля подключите модем к WAN порту роутера 3 С помощью другог...

Страница 498: ...щее 1 Нажмите Start Control Panel Network Connections Wireless Network Connection 2 Выберите сеть в окне Choose a wireless network Подождите до подключения Примечание По умолчанию SSID роутера default Подключитесь к default SSID Установка беспроводного соединения Для установки беспроводного соединения выполните следующее 1 Выключите роутер и модем 2 С помощью Ethernet кабеля подключите модем к WAN...

Страница 499: ...тановки соединения запустите браузер Примечания Для подключения к роутеру вы можете ввести его IP адрес по умолчанию 192 168 1 1 Подробную информацию по настройке роутера через веб интерфейс смотрите в главе 4 Конфигурация RT _UM_rus indd 1 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 500: ...ам Возможно в некоторых случаях вы захотите установить статический IP адрес для некоторых клиентов Для установки статического IP адреса следуйте инструкциям ниже Примечание Если вы хотите назначить IP адрес вручную рекомендуется использовать следующие параметры IP адрес 192 168 1 xxx xxx может быть любым числом от 2 до 254 Проверьте что этот IP адрес не используется другим устройством Маска подсет...

Страница 501: ...ля отображения окна Network 2 Выберите TCP IP затем нажмите Properties 3 Если вы хотите автоматическое назначение IP адреса нажмите Obtain an IP адрес automatically затем нажмите OK В противном случае нажмите Specify an IP адрес затем введите IP адрес и Маску подсети RT _UM_rus indd 1 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 502: ... clients 4 Выберите вкладку Шлюз ввеите адрес шлюза затем нажмите Add 5 Выберите вкладку DNS configuration и нажмите Enable DNS Введите узел домен и порядок поика DNS сервера затем нажмите Add 6 Нажмите OK RT _UM_rus indd 1 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 503: ...е вкладку Protocols 2 Выберите TCP IP Protocol затем нажмите Properties 3 На вкладке IP Адрес окна Microsoft TCP IP Properties вы можете Выбрать тип сетевого адаптера установленного в вашей системе Назначить автоматическое назначение IP адреса Вручную установить IP адрес маску подсети и шлюз по умолчанию RT _UM_rus indd 1 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 504: ...ите вкладку DNS затем нажмите Add под DNS Service Search Order и введите DNS Windows 2000 1 Нажмите Start Control Panel Network and Dial up Connection Щелкните правой кнопкой Local Area Connection затем нажмите Properties RT _UM_rus indd 1 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 505: ...те IP адрес маску подсети и шлюз по умолчанию 4 Выберите Obtain an IP адрес automatically для автоматического получения IP адреса DNS сервера В противном случае выберите Use the following DNS сервер адрес и введите предпочитаемый и альтернативный DNS серверы 5 Нажмите OK когда закончите Windows XP 1 Нажмите Start Control Panel Network Connection Щелкните правой кнопкой Local Area Connection затем ...

Страница 506: ...ения IP адреса В противном случае выберите Use the following IP адрес введите IP адрес маску подсети и шлюз по умолчанию 4 Выберите Obtain DNS сервер адрес automatically для автоматического получения IP адреса DNS сервера В противном случае выберите Use the following DNS сервер адресes и альтернативный DNS серверы 5 Нажмите OK когда закончите RT _UM_rus indd 0 1 0 1 0 AM ...

Страница 507: ...ого соединения запустите браузер Автоматически появится окно входа при автоматическом назначении IP адреса Примечание Также для входа в веб интерфейс вы можете вручную ввести IP адрес роутера по умолчанию 192 168 1 1 2 В окне входа введите имя пользователя по умолчанию имя пользователя admin и пароль admin 3 На главной странице нажмите меню навигации или ссылку для конфигурации различных возможнос...

Страница 508: ...бновления прошивки 1 Нажмите Setting в меню навигации на левой стороне экрана 2 В меню Administration нажмите Firmware Upgrade 3 В поле New Firmware File нажмите Browse для нахождения прошивки 4 Нажмите Upload Процесс обновления займет около трех минут Примечание При ошибке во время обновления беспроводный роутер переходит в аварийный режим и индикатор питания на передней панели медленно мигает Дл...

Страница 509: ... стороне экрана 2 В меню Administration нажмите Restore Save Upload Setting 3 Выберите задачу Для восстановления настроек по умолчанию нажмите Restore затем OK для подтверждения Для сохранения текущих настроек нажмите Save затем Save в окне с указанием пути Для применения сохраненных настроек нажмите Browse для нахождения файла настроек затем нажмите Upload RT _UM_rus indd 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 510: ...ходятся утилиты предназначенные для конфигурации роутера Для установки утилит ASUS WLAN в Microsoft Windows вставьте компакт диск в оптический привод Если автозапуск отключен запустите setup exe в корневой директории компакт диска Для установки утилиты 1 Нажмите Install Utilities RT _UM_rus indd 1 0 1 1 AM ...

Страница 511: ...G32 3 Нажмите Next для принятия папки по умолчанию или нажмите Browse для указания другого пути 4 Нажмите Next для принятия папки программы по умолчанию или введите другое имя 5 Нажмите Finish когда закончите RT _UM_rus indd 1 0 1 AM ...

Страница 512: ... минут Не используйте эту утилиту пока не столкнетесь с ненормальной ситуацией например повреждение прошивки ошибка при обновлении выход системы из строя 1 Загрузите прошивку со следующего сайта http support asus com download download aspx SLanguage en us 2 Распакуйте файл затем запустите Setup exe Нажмите Next для завершения установки 3 Выключите роутер нажмите и удерживайте кнопку сброса затем в...

Страница 513: ...ndows нажмите Start All programs ASUS Utility RT G32 Wireless Router Firmware Restoration 5 Нажмите Browse для выбора файла с прошивкой и нажмите Upload 6 После загрузки прошивки устройство автоматически перезагрузится RT _UM_rus indd 1 0 1 AM ...

Страница 514: ...Control Panel Network Connection Правой кнопкой щелкните Local Area Connection и выберите Properties Установите IP адрес вручную 192 168 1 254 Рекомендуется использовать проводное соединение и установить IP адрес вручную Проверьте что брандмауэр отключен RT _UM_rus indd 1 0 1 AM ...

Страница 515: ...енную беспроводную сеть Перед установкой EZSetup проверьте что RT G32 подключен к мдему или ПК Для использования EZSetup выполните следующее 1 Следуйте инструкциям для подключения к устройству Когда закончите нажмите Next 2 Введите имя пользователя и пароль затем нажмите Next RT _UM_rus indd 1 0 1 AM ...

Страница 516: ...T G32 Глава 5 Установка утилит 3 После установки сетевого SSID и канала нажмите Next Подключение Ошибка подключения При ошибке подключения проверьте аппаратуру и нажмите Re search RT _UM_rus indd 0 1 0 1 AM ...

Страница 517: ...те Next для конфигурации параметров подключения к провайдеру Нажмите Finish для завершения 5 Выберите тип подключения к провайдеру Automatic IP PPPoE PPTP L2TP и Static IP Введите необходимую информацию и нажмите Next RT _UM_rus indd 1 1 0 1 AM ...

Страница 518: ...водной сети например ASUS USB N11 или PCI G31 с WPS функцией следуйте следующим инструкциям 1 Для использования WPS убедитесь что оба RT G32 и другой компьютер поддерживают WPS 2 Нажмите WPS кнопку на задней панели роутера 3 Индикатор WLAN загорится и начнет медленно мигать после установки WPS соединения RT _UM_rus indd 1 0 1 AM ...

Страница 519: ...е браузер затем нажмите Tools Internet Options 2 В Temporary Internet files нажмите Delete Cookies и Delete Files Клиент не может установить беспроводное соединение с роутером Вне зоны покрытия Поместите роутер ближе к беспроводному клиенту Попробуйте изменить канал Аутентификация Используйте проводное соединение для подключения к роутеру Проверьте настройки безопасности Нажмите и удерживайте кноп...

Страница 520: ...ьте индикаторы состояния на ADSL модеме и беспроводном роутере Проверьте что индикатор WAN на беспроводном роутере горит Если не горит поменяйте кабель и повторите снова Когда индикатор ADSL модема Link горит не мигает это означает что интернет доступен Перезагрузите компьютер Обратитесь к краткому руководству беспроводного роутера и сконфигурируйте настройки Проверьте что индикатор WAN беспроводн...

Страница 521: ... и ключи шифрования Попробуйте установить проводное соединение и сконфигурировать шифрование снова Нажмите и удерживайте кнопку Restore на задней панели более пяти секунд Как сбросить систему к настройкам по умолчанию Нажмите и удерживайте кнопку Restore на задней панели более пяти секунд Обратитесь к разделу Восстановление прошивки в главе 5 этого руководства Параметры системы по умолчанию Имя по...

Страница 522: ...одителя может создавать помехи в радиосвязи Ттем не менее невозможно гарантироватьотсутствиепомехвкаждомконкретномслучае Ввслучае еслиданное оборудование действительно вызывает помехи в радио или телевизионном приеме что можно проверить включив и выключив данное оборудование пользователю рекомендуется попытаться удалить помехи следующими средствами Переориентировать или переместить принимающую ант...

Страница 523: ...ь 3 Защита здоровья и безопасности в соответствии с часть 3 1a Испытание электробезопасности в соответствии с EN 60950 Защита от электомагнитных излучений в соответствии с часть3 1b Испытания на электромагнитную совместимость в соответствии с EN 301 489 1 b EN 301 489 17 Эффективное использование радиоспектра в соответствии с пунктом 3 2 Испытание радиоблоков в соответствии с EN 300 328 2 CE Преду...

Страница 524: ... Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of fr...

Страница 525: ...guage Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is адресed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent...

Страница 526: ...rely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute...

Страница 527: ...e Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to...

Страница 528: ...time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to адрес new Проблемаs or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published...

Страница 529: ...STRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHE...

Страница 530: ...550883 Факс 15029338713 Сайт usa asus com Загрузка ПО support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Германия и Австрия Адрес Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany Телефон 49210295990 Факс 492102959911 Онлайн контакт www asus com de sales Техническая поддрежка Телефон 49210295990 Факс 492102959911 Онлайн поддержка www asus com de support Сайт www asus com de news На этом сайте доступна форма заявления котор...

Страница 531: ...RT G32 Router fără fir Manual de utilizare RT G _Romanian indd 1 1 7 09 48 44 PM ...

Страница 532: ...UALITATE ASUS DIRECTORII FUNCŢIONARII SAU AGENŢII SĂI SUNT RĂSUNZĂTORI PENTRU ORICE PAGUBE INDIRECTE SPECIALE ACCIDENTALE INCLUSIV PIERDERE PROFITURI PIERDEREA AFACERII PIERDEREA FOLOSINŢEI SAU A DATELOR ÎNTRERUPEREA AFACERII ETC CHIAR DACĂ ASUS A FOST ÎN PREALABIL SFĂTUIT DE POSIBILITATEA UNOR ASEMENEA DAUNE PROVENITE DIN ORICE EROARE SAU DEFECT DIN ACEST MANUAL AU PRODUS SPECIFICAŢIILE ŞI INFORM...

Страница 533: ...larea routerului 11 Stabilirea unei conexiuni cu cablu 11 Stabilirea unei conexiuni wireless 12 Configurarea routerului 12 Folosind web GUI 12 Capitolul 3 Configurarea reţelei clienţi Accesarea routerului fără fir 14 Setarea unei adrese IP for un client cu fir sau fără fir 14 Capitolul 4 Configurarea prin GUI web Configurarea prin GUI web 21 Using the Network Map Configurarea setării 22 Actualizar...

Страница 534: ...l 2 Instalarea hardware Acest capitol vă furnizează instrucţiuni de instalare accesare şi configurare a routerului fără cablu ASUS Capitolul 3 Configurarea reţelei clienţi Acest capitol vă furnizează instrucţiuni de instalare clienţi în reţeaua dvs pentru a lucra cu routerul dvs fără cablu ASUS Instalarea utilităţilor 24 Detectarea Dispozitivului 26 Firmware Restoration EZSetup Refacerea softului ...

Страница 535: ...problemelor comune pe care aţi putea să le întâlniţi folosind routerul ASUS Anexă Acest capitol vă furnizează Notele şi Declaraţiile de Siguranţă regulatorii Convenţii folosite în acest ghid AVERTIZARE Informaţii pentru prevenirea rănirii atunci când încercaţi să efectuaţi o sarcină ATENŢIE Informaţii pentru prevenirea deteriorării componentelor atunci când încercaţi să efectuaţi o sarcină IMPORTA...

Страница 536: ...at şi Internet browser Acceptă Internet Explorer 6 0 sau o versiune ulterioară Înainte de a începe Notaţi următoarele linii de ghidare înainte de instalarea routerului ASUS Lungimea cablului Ethernet ce conectează dispozitivul la reţea hub ADSL cablu modem router wall patch nu trebuie să depăşească 100 de metri Aşezaţi dispozitivul pe o suprafaţă dreaptă şi stabilă cât mai departe de sol posibil Ţ...

Страница 537: ...ori de stare LED Stare Indicare Alimentare Oprită Fără alimentare Pornită Sistem pregătit WLAN Wireless LAN Oprită Fără alimentare Pornită Sistemul wireless pregătit Pâlpâire Transmitere sau primire de date wireless LAN 1 4 Local Area Network Oprită Fără alimentare sau fără conexiune fizică Pornită Are conexiune fizică la o reţea Ethernet Pâlpâire Transmitere sau primire de date prin cablu Etherne...

Страница 538: ...otejată Wi Fi WPS Reset Apăsaţi pentru trei secunde pentru restabilirea la setările implicite din fabrică WAN Conectaţi cablul RJ 45 Ethernet la aceste porturi pentru a stabili conexiunea WAN LAN1 LAN4 Conectaţi cablul RJ 45 Ethernet la aceste porturi pentru a stabili conexiunea LAN c c 12 V Introduceţi adaptorul de c c în acest port pentru conectarea router ului la o sursă de alimentare RT G _Rom...

Страница 539: ... ul pe suprafeţe din beton sau din lemn utilizând două şuruburi cu cap rotund 2 Orificii pentru aerisire Aceste orificii asigură ventilarea router ului dvs Notă Pentru detalii despre montarea router ului pe perete sau pe tavan consultaţi secţiunea Opţiuni de montare de la pagina următoare a acestui manual de utilizare RT G _Romanian indd 9 1 7 09 48 50 PM ...

Страница 540: ...tată pe un perete sau tavan Montarea ASUS RT G32 1 Căutaţi în partea de dedesubt cele două cârlige de montare 2 Realizaţi două găuri pe un perete sau pe o suprafaţă plată 3 Strângeţi cele două şuruburi până când numai 1 4 din acestea rămâne la suprafaţă 4 Fixaţi cârligele ASUS RT G32 pe şuruburi Notă Modificaţi şurubele dacă nu puteţi fixa routerul fără fir ASUS ori prinderea este prea plană RT G ...

Страница 541: ...ru mai multe detalii privind EZSetup referiţi vă la secţiunea EZSetup în Capitolul 5 a acestui manual al utilizatorului Stabilirea unei conexiuni cu cablu Routerul ASUS este furnizat în pachet cu un cablu Ethernet Routerul are o funcţie integrată de auto joncţiune deci folosiţi fie cablu direct sau de joncţiune pentru conexiunea cu cablu Pentru stabilirea legăturii cu cablu 1 Porniţi routerul şi m...

Страница 542: ...grafică a utilizatorului web GUI care permite să vă configuraţi routerul folosind un browser web pe computerul dvs Folosind web GUI Dacă PC ul dvs se conectează la router folosind un cablu lansaţi un browser web şi pagina de acces a paginii GUI a routerului este automat lansată Dacă calculatorul dvs se conectează şa router fără cablu trebuie să selectaţi mai întâi reţeaua Pentru a selecta reţeaua ...

Страница 543: ...owserul web Notă Puteţi introduce şi manual adresa IP iniţială a routerului 192 168 1 1 pentru a lansa interfaţa web a routerului Pentru mai multe detalii despre configurarea routerului folosind GUI web referiţi vă la Capitolul 4 Configurarea prin web GUI RT G _Romanian indd 1 1 7 09 48 5 PM ...

Страница 544: ...l să atribuiţi adrese IP statice unor clienţi sau computere din reţeaua dvs mai degrabă decât să obţineţi adresele IP automat de la routerul dvs Urmaţi instrucţiunile de ma jos ce corespund sistemului de operare instalat pe computerul clientului dvs Notă Dacă doriţi să atribuiţi manual o adresă IP clientului dvs vă recomandăm să folosiţi următoarele setări Adresa IP 192 168 1 xxx xxx poate fi oric...

Страница 545: ...nfigurare a reţelei 2 Selectaţi TCP IP apoi click Properties Proprietăţi 3 Dacă doriţi ca computerul dvs să obţină automat o adresă IP click Obtain an IP address automatically Obţineţi o adresă IP automat apoi click OK Altfel click Specify an IP address Specificaţi o adresă IP apoi tastaţi IP address adresa IP şi Subnet Mask RT G _Romanian indd 15 1 7 09 48 5 PM ...

Страница 546: ...ateway Portal Nou apoi click pe Add Adăugaţi 5 Selectaţi tabul DNS configuration Configurare DNS şi click Enable DNS Activaţi DNS Tastaţi Host Domeniu Domain Gazdă şi DNS Server Search Order Ordinea de Căutare a Serverului DNS apoi click Add Adăugaţi 6 Click OK RT G32_Romanian indd 16 1 7 09 48 55 PM ...

Страница 547: ...ale 2 Selectaţi TCP IP Proctocol TCP IP Protocolale din lista Network Protocols Protocoale Reţea apoi click pe Properties Proprietăţi 3 De la tabul Adresă IP a ferestrei Proprietăţi Microsoft TCP IP puteţi Selecta tipul de adaptor de reţea instalat în sistemul dvs Seta routerul pentru a atribui o adresă IP automat Seta manual adresa IP subnet mask şi portalul iniţial RT G _Romanian indd 17 1 7 09 ...

Страница 548: ...rvice Search Order Ordine Căutare Serviciu DNS şi tastaţi în DNS Windows 2000 1 Click Start Control Panel Panou Control Network and Dial up Connection Conexiune Dial up şi reţea Click dreapta Local Area Connection Zonă Locală Conectare apoi click Properties Proprietăţi RT G _Romanian indd 18 1 7 09 48 57 PM ...

Страница 549: ...eway Portalul iniţial 4 Selectaţi Obtain an IP address automatically Obţineţi o adresă IP automat dacă doriţi ca setările serverului DNS să fie atribuite automat Altfel selectaţi Use the following DNS server address Folosiţi următoarea adresă server DNS şi tastaţi Preferred Preferat şi Alternate DNS server Server DNS alternativ 5 Click OK când aţi terminat Windows XP 1 Click Start Control Panel Pa...

Страница 550: ...losiţi următoarea adresă IP şi tastaţi IP address adresa IP Subnet mask şi Default gateway Portalul iniţial 4 Selectaţi Obtain DNS server address automatically Obţineţi adresă server DNS automat dacă doriţi ca setările serverului DNS să fie atribuite automat Altfel selectaţi Use the following DNS server addresses Folosiţi următoarea adresă server DNS şi tastaţi Preferred and Alternate DNS server S...

Страница 551: ...o conexiune cu sau fără cablu lansaţi un browser web Pagina de acces este lansată automat Notă Puteţi de asemenea să introduceţi manual adresa IP iniţială a routerului 192 168 1 1 pentru a lansa interfaţa web a routerului 2 Pe pagina de acces tastaţi numele iniţial al utilizatorului admin şi parola admin 3 De la pagina principală faceţi click pe meniul de navigare sau pe link pentru a configura ca...

Страница 552: ...rul meniul de navigare din partea stângă a ecranului 2 Din meniul Administration Administrare faceţi click pe Firmware Upgrade Actualizare Soft Integrat 3 În campul New Firmware File Fişier Nou Soft Integrat faceţi click pe Browse Răsfoiţi pentru a localiza noul soft integrat pe computerul dvs 4 Faceţi click pe Upload Încărcare Procesul de încărcare durează cam trei minute Notă Dacă procesul de ac...

Страница 553: ...Selectaţi sarcina pe care doriţi s o îndepliniţi Pentru a reface setările iniţiale din fabrică faceţi click pe Restore Refacere apoi click OK în mesajul de confirmare Pentru a salva setările prezente ale sistemului click Save Salvează şi click pe Save Salvează în fereastra fişierului de încărcare pentru a salva fişierul sistemului pe ruta preferată Pentru a reface setarea sistemului anterior click...

Страница 554: ...itarele ASUS WLAN în Microsoft Windows introduceţi CD ul Dacă Autorun este dezactivat rulaţi setup exe din rădăcina directorului a CD lui Pentru instalarea utilitarelor 1 Faceţi clic pe Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities Instalare utilitare ASUS pentru router fără fir Instalarea utilităţilor 2 Click Next Următorul RT G _Romanian indd 4 1 7 09 49 0 PM ...

Страница 555: ...cepta destinaţia iniţială a folderului sau cluck Browse Răsfoieşte pentru a specifica o altă rută 5 Faceţi clic pe Install Instalare pentru instalarea utilitarului 6 Click Finish Terminare când setarea e terminată 4 Faceţi clic pe Next Următorul RT G _Romanian indd 5 1 7 09 49 0 PM ...

Страница 556: ...i Integrat este o utilitară ce caută Routerul ASUS ce a eşuat în cadrul procesului de actualizare a softului integrat apoi reface sau reîncarcă softul integrat pe care îl specificaţi Procesul poate dura cam patru minute NU utilizaţi acest utilitar decât dacă întâmpinaţi situaţii anormale cum ar fi un element firmware corupt eroare de upgrade sau căderea sistemului 1 Descărcaţi cea mai recentă vers...

Страница 557: ...ăsaţi şi ţineţi apăsat butonul de reiniţializare şi apoi porniţi din nou dispozitivul Dispozitivul fără fir este introdus în modul de salvare după ce LED ul WLAN clipeşte intermitent NU opriţi şi nu reiniţializaţi dispozitivul în timpul actualizării firmware Acest lucru poate genera erori la încărcarea sistemului Vă sugerăm utilizarea unei conexiuni cu fir şi setarea adresei IP manual pentru obţin...

Страница 558: ...ity Utilitar ASUS RT G32 Wireless Router Router fără fir RT G32 Firmware Restoration Restaurare firmware 5 Faceţi clic pe Browse Răsfoire pentru selectarea fişierului firmware şi apoi faceţi clic pe Upload Încărcare 6 După încărcarea reuşită a elementului firmware dispozitivul reporneşte automat RT G _Romanian indd 8 1 7 09 49 05 PM ...

Страница 559: ...2 Tastaţi numele de utilizator şi parola pentru configurarea router ului fără fir pe Web Când aţi terminat faceţi clic pe Next Următorul EZSetup EZSetup este un utilitar care vă permite configurarea uşoară a reţelei fără fir Înainte de instalarea utilitarului EZSetup asiguraţi vă că router ul RT G este conectat la modem sau la PC prin cablul RJ45 RT G _Romanian indd 9 1 7 09 49 05 PM ...

Страница 560: ...unt conectate faceţi clic pe Next Următorul pentru continuare În curs de conectare Conexiune nereuşită În cazul unei conexiuni nereuşite asiguraţi vă că mediul hardware este conectat corect şi faceţi clic pe Re search Căutare din nou pentru a căuta din nou RT G _Romanian indd 0 1 7 09 2 49 06 PM ...

Страница 561: ... pe Finish Terminare pentru terminarea setărilor de reţele interne 5 Selectaţi tipul de conexiune din aceste tipuri de servicii ISP Automatic IP IP Automat PPPoE PPTP L2TP şi Static IP IP Static Tastaţi informaţiile necesare pentru tipul dvs de conexiune ISP Când aţi terminat faceţi clic pe Next Următorul RT G _Romanian indd 1 1 7 09 2 49 06 PM ...

Страница 562: ...cţie WPS urmaţi vă rog instrucţiunile de mai jos pentru a activa conectarea rapidă WPS 1 Pentru a folosi WPS asiguraţi vă că atât routerul wireless RT G32 cât şi funcţia softului WPS wireless al altui calculator este activată 2 Apăsaţi butonul WPS de pe panoul din spate al routerului wireless RT G32 3 LED ul RT G32 WLAN poate lumina apoi poate lumina slab după ce conexiunea WPS a fost stabilită RT...

Страница 563: ...ptions Opţiuni Internet 2 În cadrul Temporary Internet files fişiere temporare internet click Delete Cookies Şterge Cookies şi Delete Files Şterge Fişiere Clientul nu poate stabili o legătura wireless cu routerul În afara razei Puneţi routerul mai aproape de clientul wireless Încercaţi să schimbaţi setările canalului Autentificare Folosiţi conexiune cu cablu pentru a vă conecta la router Verificaţ...

Страница 564: ... routerului şi reconfiguraţi setările Verificaţi dacă LED ul WAN de pe router este APRINS Verificaţi setările de criptare wireless Verificaţi dacă computerul poate obţine adresă IP prin reţeaua cu cablu sau cea wireless Asiguraţi vă că browserul web este configurat pebntru a folosi LAN local şi că nu este configurat să folosească un proxy server Dacă lumina link ului ADSL clipeşte încontinuu sau e...

Страница 565: ...storing to the default settings Restabilirea la setările implicite din Capitolul 4 din acest manual de utilizare Următoarele sunt setări iniţiale de fabrică Nume utilizator admin Parolă admin Validează DHCP Da când cablul WAN este conectat Adresă IP 192 168 1 1 Nume domeniu Gol Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 DNS Server 1 192 168 1 1 DNS Server 2 Gol SSID setare iniţială RT G _Romanian indd 5 1 7 09 49 ...

Страница 566: ...cations However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the se...

Страница 567: ...d These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted These are...

Страница 568: ...ts users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are d...

Страница 569: ... work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and mo...

Страница 570: ...te them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to w...

Страница 571: ...se or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You ar...

Страница 572: ...he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the ...

Страница 573: ...RCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS P...

Страница 574: ...com Asistenţă online support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Germany şi Austria Adresa companiei Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany Telefon 49210295990 Fax 492102959911 Contact online www asus com de sales Asistenţă tehnică Telefon 49210295990 Fax 492102959911 Asistenţă online www asus com de support Site web www asus com de news Pe site este disponibil un Formular de solicitare de informaţii tehn...

Страница 575: ...RT G32 Router inalámbrico Manual de usuario RT G _spanish indd 1 1 7 09 51 9 PM ...

Страница 576: ...N CASO ASUS SUS DIRECTORES OFICIALES EMPLEADOS O AGENTES SERÁN RESPONSABLES POR CUALQUIER DAÑO YA SEA INDIRECTO ESPECIAL INCIDENTAL O CONSECUENCIAL INCLUYENDO DAÑOS POR PÉRDIDA DE BENEFICIOS NEGOCIOS PÉRDIDAS DE USO O DATOS INTERRUPCIÓN DE NEGOCIO O SIMILARES INCLUSO SI ASUS HA SIDO ADVERTIDO DE QUE LA POSIBILIDAD DE ESTOS DAÑOS PUEDE SURGIR POR CUALQUIER DEFECTO O ERROR EN SUS MANUALES O PRODUCTO...

Страница 577: ...1 Configurando una conexión por cable 11 Configurando una conexión inalámbrica 12 Configuración del router inalámbrico 12 Uso de la interfaz Web 12 Capítulo 3 Configuración de los clientes de red Para acceder al router inalámbrico 14 Para configurar una dirección IP para un cliente con conexión por cable o inalámbrica 14 Capítulo 4 Configuración a través de la interfaz Web Configuración a través d...

Страница 578: ...Instalación del hardware Este capítulo contiene instrucciones acerca de la instalación acceso y configuración del router inalámbrico ASUS Capítulo 3 Configurar los clientes de red Este capítulo contiene instrucciones acerca de la configuración de los clientes de su red para que puedan trabajar con su router inalámbrico ASUS Instalación de las utilidades 24 Detección de dispositivos 26 Restauración...

Страница 579: ...le permitirá resolver los problemas más comunes a los que podría enfrentarse durante el uso del router inalámbrico ASUS Apéndices Este capítulo contiene las notas y declaraciones de seguridad administrativas relacionadas con el producto Convenciones usadas en esta guía ADVERTENCIA Información para prevenir daños personales mientras realiza alguna tarea PRECAUCIÓN Información para prevenir daños a ...

Страница 580: ... RJ 45 10Base T 100Base TX Al menos un dispositivo IEEE 802 11b g con funciones inalámbricas Un protocolo TCP IP y un explorador de Internet instalados Compatibilidad con Internet Explorer 6 0 o posterior Antes de continuar Tome nota de las siguientes directrices antes de instalar el router inalámbrico ASUS La longitud del cable Ethernet utilizado para conectar el dispositivo a la red hub módem AD...

Страница 581: ...de Comunicaciones FCC Características hardware Panel delantero Indicadores de estado LED Estado Indicación Alimentación Desactivado No hay alimentación Activado Sistema preparado WLAN red inalámbrica Desactivado No hay alimentación Activado Sistema inalámbrico preparado Intermitente Transmitiendo o recibiendo datos a través de la red inalámbrica LAN 1 4 red de área local Desactivado No hay aliment...

Страница 582: ...tup WPS Reset Mantenga pulsado este botón durante tres segundos para restaurar la configuración predeterminada de fábrica WAN Conecte un cable Ethernet RJ 45 a este puerto para establecer una conexión WAN LAN1 LAN4 Conecte cables Ethernet RJ 45 a estos puertos para establecer una conexión LAN DC 12V Inserte el adaptador DC en este puerto para conectar su router a una fuente de alimentación RT G _s...

Страница 583: ...perficie de cemento o madera utilizando dos tornillos de cabeza redonda 2 Orificios de ventilación Estos orificios proporcionan al router la ventilación adecuada Nota Para más información acerca del montaje del router en una pared o techo consulte la sección Mounting options Opciones de montaje en la página siguiente de este manual de usuario RT G _spanish indd 9 1 7 09 51 1 PM ...

Страница 584: ...Para montar el router ASUS RT G32 1 Busque los dos orificios de montaje situados en la parte inferior 2 Marque los dos orificios superiores en una pared o superficie elevada 3 Enrosque dos tornillos hasta que solamente sobresalga 1 4 4 Introduzca los tornillos en los ganchos del router ASUS RT G32 Nota vuelva a ajustar los tornillos si no puede introducirlos en los ganchos del router inalámbrico A...

Страница 585: ...otas Para más información acerca de la utilidad EZSetup consulte la sección Utilidad EZSetup en el Capítulo 5 de este manual Configurando una conexión por cable El router inalámbrico ASUS incluye un cable Ethernet El router inalámbrico cuenta con una función integrada de detección de cruce por lo que puede utilizarse un cable de red directo o cruzado para realizar la conexión por cable Para config...

Страница 586: ...outer inalámbrico ASUS es default en minúsculas la configuración de cifrado está deshabilitada y el sistema de autenticación es abierto Configuración del router inalámbrico El router inalámbrico ASUS incluye una interfaz gráfica de usuario Web Web GUI que le permitirá configurar el router inalámbrico utilizando un explorador Web en su equipo Uso de la interfaz Web Si su equipo se conecta al router...

Страница 587: ...e la conexión Nota De forma predeterminada el identificador SSID del router inalámbrico es default Conéctese a este identificador SSID predeterminado 3 Tras establecer una conexión inalámbrica abra un explorador Web Notas También puede introducir manualmente la dirección IP predeterminada del router 192 168 1 1 para abrir su interfaz Web Para más información acerca de la configuración de su router...

Страница 588: ...dría desear asignar manualmente direcciones IP estáticas a algunos de los clientes o equipos de su red en lugar de hacerlo automáticamente desde el router inalámbrico Siga las instrucciones siguientes según el sistema operativo instalado en su cliente o equipo Nota Si desea asignar manualmente una dirección IP a su cliente recomendamos el uso de la siguiente configuración Dirección IP 192 168 1 xx...

Страница 589: ...c en Properties Propiedades 3 Si desea que su equipo reciba una dirección IP automáticamente haga clic en Obtain an IP address automatically Obtener una dirección IP automáticamente y haga clic en OK Aceptar De lo contrario haga clic en Specify an IP address Usar la siguiente dirección IP e introduzca los parámetros IP address Dirección IP y Subnet Mask Máscara de subred RT G _spanish indd 15 1 7 ...

Страница 590: ...e enlace y después en Add Agregar 5 Seleccione la ficha DNS Configuration Configuración DNS y haga clic en Enable DNS Habilitar DNS Introduzca los parámetros Host Equipo Domain Dominio y DNS Server Search Order Orden de búsqueda de servidor DNS y haga clic en Add Agregar 6 Haga clic en OK Aceptar RT G _spanish indd 16 1 7 09 51 PM ...

Страница 591: ...l Protocolo TCP IP en la lista de protocolos de red y haga clic en Properties Propiedades 3 En la ficha IP Address Dirección IP de la ventana TCP IP Properties Propiedades de TCP IP de Microsoft puede Seleccionar el tipo de adaptador de red instalado en su sistema Configurar el router para asignar automáticamente direcciones IP Configurar el router para asignar automáticamente direcciones IP RT G ...

Страница 592: ...ores DNS por orden de utilización e introduzca la dirección de su DNS Windows 2000 1 Haga clic en Start Inicio Control Panel Panel de control Network and Dial up Connection Conexiones de red y acceso telefónico Haga clic derecho en Local Area Connection Conexión de área local y seleccione Properties Propiedades RT G _spanish indd 18 1 7 09 51 4 PM ...

Страница 593: ...indows XP 1 Haga clic en Start Inicio Control Panel Panel de control Network Connection Conexiones de Red Haga clic con el botón secundario del ratón en Local Area Connection Conexión de área local y seleccione Properties Propiedades 4 Seleccione Obtain an IP address automatically Obtener una dirección IP automáticamente si desea recibir automáticamente la configuración de los servidores DNS De lo...

Страница 594: ...os IP address Dirección IP Subnet mask Máscara de subred y Default gateway Puerta de enlace predeterminada 4 Seleccione Obtain DNS server address automatically Obtener la dirección del servidor DNS automáticamente si desea recibir automáticamente la configuración de los servidores DNS De lo contrario seleccione Use the following DNS server addresses Usar las siguientes direcciones de servidor DNS ...

Страница 595: ...rar una conexión por cable o inalámbrica abra un explorador Web Aparecerá automáticamente la página de inicio de sesión Nota También puede introducir manualmente la dirección IP predeterminada del router 192 168 1 1 para abrir su interfaz Web 2 En la página de inicio de sesión introduzca el nombre de usuario admin y la contraseña admin predeterminados 3 Desde la página principal haga clic en el me...

Страница 596: ...a clic en Settings Configuración en el menú de navegación situado en el panel izquierdo de su pantalla 2 Desde el menú Administration Administración haga clic en Firmware Upgrade Actualización de firmware 3 En el campo New Firmware File Archivo de nuevo firmware haga clic en Browse Examinar para localizar el firmware nuevo en su equipo 4 Haga clic en Upload Enviar El proceso de envío dura aproxima...

Страница 597: ...figuración 3 Seleccione las tareas que desee realizar Para restaurar la configuración predeterminada de fábrica haga clic en Restore Restaurar y después en OK Aceptar en el mensaje de confirmación Para guardar la configuración actual del sistema haga clic en Save Guardar y después Save Guardar en la ventana de descarga para guardar el archivo de sistema en la ruta que prefiera Para restaurar la co...

Страница 598: ...t Windows inserte el CD de soporte en la unidad de CD Si la función de ejecución automática está deshabilitada ejecute el archivo setup exe que encontrará en el directorio raíz del CD de soporte Para instalar las utilidades 1 Haga clic en Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities Instalar utilidades del router inalámbrico ASUS Instalación de las utilidades 2 Haga clic en Next Siguiente RT G _spanish ...

Страница 599: ...a aceptar la carpeta de destino predeterminada o en Browse Explorar para especificar otra ruta 5 Haga clic en Install Instalar para instalar la utilidad 6 Haga clic en Finish Finalizar una vez finalizada la configuración 4 Haga clic en Next Siguiente RT G _spanish indd 5 1 7 09 51 7 PM ...

Страница 600: ...ion Restauración de firmware permite buscar routers inalámbricos ASUS que han fallado durante una actualización y restaura o vuelve a enviar el firmware especificado El proceso dura aproximadamente tres minutos NO utilice esta utilidad a menos que se haya enfrentado a situaciones anormales por ejemplo si el firmware se ha corrompido si se ha producido un fallo durante una actualización o si ha exp...

Страница 601: ...lámbrico mantenga pulsado el botón de reinicio y vuelva a encender entonces el dispositivo El dispositivo inalámbrico entrará en el modo de rescate después de que comience a parpadear el indicador LED WLAN NO apague ni reinicie el dispositivo durante la actualización del firmware Si lo hace podría provocar un error de inicio de sistema Recomendamos el uso de una conexión por cable y la configuraci...

Страница 602: ...s ASUS Utility Utilidad ASUS RT G32 Wireless Router Router inalámbrico RT G32 Firmware Restoration Restauración de firmware 5 Haga clic en Browse Examinar para seleccionar el archivo de firmware y después en Upload Cargar 6 El dispositivo se reiniciará automáticamente una vez cargado el firmware con éxito RT G _spanish indd 8 1 7 09 51 8 PM ...

Страница 603: ...ente 2 Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para configurar el router inalámbrico en la web Cuando haya finalizado haga clic en Next Siguiente EZSetup EZSetup es una utilidad que le permitirá configurar fácilmente su red inalámbrica Antes de instalar EZSetup asegúrese de que el router RT G32 está conectado al módem o al PC utilizando un cable RJ45 RT G _spanish indd 9 1 7 09 51 9 PM ...

Страница 604: ...de la red y el canal de conexión haga clic en Next Siguiente para continuar Conectando Error en la conexión Si la conexión falla asegúrese de que el entorno hardware está conectado correctamente y haga clic en Re search Volver a buscar para buscar de nuevo RT G _spanish indd 0 1 7 09 51 9 PM ...

Страница 605: ...a configuración de las redes internas 5 Seleccione su tipo de conexión entre los siguientes tipos de servicios de proveedor de servicios de Internet Automatic IP Dirección IP automática PPPoE PPTP L2TP y Static IP Dirección IP estática Introduzca la información necesaria para su tipo de conexión de proveedor de servicios de Internet Cuando haya finalizado haga clic en Next Siguiente RT G _spanish ...

Страница 606: ...instrucciones siguientes para habilitar la configuración WPS Quick 1 Para poder utilizar la función WPS asegúrese de que tanto el router inalámbrico RT G32 como el equipo conectado a la red inalámbrica tengan la función WPS habilitada 2 Presione el botón WPS situado en el panel trasero del router inalámbrico RT G32 3 El indicador LED WLAN del router RT G32 se iluminará y parpadeará lentamente una ...

Страница 607: ...net 2 En Temporary Internet files Archivos temporales de Internet haga clic en Delete Cookies Eliminar cookies y Delete Files Eliminar archivos El cliente no puede establecer una conexión inalámbrica con el router Se encuentra fuera del alcance de la red Coloque el router más cerca del cliente inalámbrico Intente cambiar el canal Autenticación Utilice la conexión por cable para conectarse al route...

Страница 608: ...as opciones Compruebe si el indicador LED WAN del router inalámbrico está ENCENDIDO Consulte la configuración de cifrado inalámbrico Compruebe si el equipo obtiene una dirección IP tanto a través de la red inalámbrica como a través de la red de cable Asegúrese de que el explorador Web esté configurado para utilizar la red local LAN y no para utilizar un servidor proxy Si el indicador luminoso LINK...

Страница 609: ...ng to the default settings Restaurar la configuración predeterminada en el Capítulo 4 de este manual de usuario A continuación se indican los valores predeterminados de fábrica del dispositivo Nombre de usuario admin Contraseña admin Habilitar DHCP Sí si el cable WAN está conectado Dirección IP 192 168 1 1 Nombre de dominio Vacío Máscara de subred 255 255 255 0 Servidor DNS 1 192 168 1 1 Servidor ...

Страница 610: ...cations However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the se...

Страница 611: ...cted These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted These ...

Страница 612: ...l its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses ar...

Страница 613: ... a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and ...

Страница 614: ...ibute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights t...

Страница 615: ...cense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You...

Страница 616: ...if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places t...

Страница 617: ... MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM A...

Страница 618: ...eb usa asus com Asistencia en línea support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Alemania y Austria Domicilio de la compañía Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany General tel 49210295990 General fax 492102959911 Contacto en línea www asus com de sales Asistencia técnica General tel 49210295990 General fax 492102959911 Asistencia en línea www asus com de support Dirección web www asus com de news En este s...

Страница 619: ...RT G32 ไวร เลส เราเตอร คู มือผู ใช RT G32_Thai indd 1 1 7 09 2 53 16 PM ...

Страница 620: ...ตาม ASUS กรรมการ เจ า หน าที พนักงาน หรือตัวแทนของบริษัท ไม ต องรับผิดชอบต อความเสียหายที เกิดขึ นโดยอ อม โดยกรณีพิเศษ โดยไม ได ตั งใจ หรือโดยเป นผลกระทบตามมา รวมถึงความเสียหายจากการ สูญเสียกำไร การขาดทุนของธุรกิจ การสูญเสียการใช งานหรือข อมูล การหยุดชะงักของธุรกิจ และอื นๆ ในลักษณะเดียวกันนี แม ว า ASUS จะได รับทราบถึงความเป นไปได ของความเสีย หายดังกล าว อันเกิดจากข อบกพร องหรือข อผิดพลาดในคู มือ...

Страница 621: ...ร 11 การตั งค าไวร เลส เราเตอร 11 การตั งค าการเชื อมต อแบบมีสาย 11 การตั งค าการเชื อมต อแบบไร สาย 12 การตั งค าคอนฟิกไวร เลส เราเตอร 12 การใช เว บ GUI 12 การตั งค าคอนฟิกเน ตเวิร กไคลเอ นต 14 การเข าถึงไวร เลส เราเตอร 14 การตั งค า IP แอดเดรสสำหรับไคลเอ นต แบบมีสาย และไร สาย 14 การตั งค าคอนฟิกผ านเว บ GUI 21 การตั งค าคอนฟิกผ านเว บ GUI 21 การคอนฟิกการตั งค า 22 การอัปเกรดเฟิร มแวร 22 การกู คืน...

Страница 622: ... LED ของ ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร บทที 2 การตั งค าฮาร ดแวร บทนี จะให ขั นตอนในการติดตั ง การเข าถึง และการตั งค าคอนฟิก ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร บทที 3 การตั งค าคอนฟิกเน ตเวิร กไคลเอ นต บทนี จะให ขั นตอนในการตั งค าไคลเอ นต ในเครือข ายของคุณเพื อทำงานกับ ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร การติดตั งยูทิลิตี 24 การค นหาอุปกรณ 26 การกู คืนเฟิร มแวร 26 EZSetup 29 การตั งค าปุ มด วนของ WPS 32 การแก ไขปัญหา 33 การแก ไขปัญ...

Страница 623: ...หาสำหรับปัญหาทั วไปที คุณอาจพบเมื อใช ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร ภาคผนวก บทนี ให ข อมูลเกี ยวกับประกาศของระเบียบข อบังคับและความปลอดภัยต างๆ ข อกำหนดที ใช ในคู มือนี คำเตือน ข อมูลเพื อป องกันไม ให เกิดการบาดเจ บ เมื อพยายามปฏิบัติงาน ให สำเร จ ข อควรระวัง ข อมูลเพื อป องกันความเสียหายต อชิ นส วนต างๆ เมื อพยายาม ปฏิบัติงานให สำเร จ สำคัญ ข อมูลที คุณต องปฏิบัติตามเพื อทำงานให สำเร จ หมายเหตุ เทคนิคและข...

Страница 624: ...b g ที มีความสามารถไร สายอย างน อยหนึ งอย าง TCP IP และอินเตอร เน ตเบราเซอร ที ติดตั งไว แล ว สนับสนุน Internet Explorer 6 0 ขึ นไป ก อนที จะดำเนินการ สังเกตคำแนะนำต อไปนี ก อนที จะติดตั ง ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร ความยาวของสายเคเบิลอีเธอร เน ตที เชื อมต ออุปกรณ เข ากับเครือข าย ฮับ โมเด ม ADSL เคเบิล เราเตอร แผงที ผนัง ต องไม เกิน 100 เมตร โปรดวางอุปกรณ บนพื นผิวที เรียบ และมั นคง โดยอยู ไกลจากพื นมา...

Страница 625: ...LED สถานะ ความหมาย เพาเวอร ดับ ไม มีพลังงานเข า ติด ระบบพร อม WLAN ไวร เลส LAN ดับ ไม มีพลังงานเข า ติด ระบบไร สายพร อม กะพริบ กำลังส งหรือรับข อมูล ไร สาย LAN 1 4 เครือข ายในพื นที ดับ ไม มีพลังงานเข า หรือไม มีการ เชื อมต อทางกายภาพ ติด มีการเชื อมต อทางกายภาพไปยัง เครือข ายอีเธอร เน ต กะพริบ กำลังส งหรือรับข อมูล ผ านสาย เคเบิลอีเธอร เน ต WAN เครือข ายบริเวณกว าง ดับ ไม มีพลังงานเข า หรือไม มีก...

Страница 626: ...ารป องกัน WPS รีเซ ต กดเป นเวลา 3 วินาที เพื อกู คืนกลับเป นการตั งค าเริ มต นจาก โรงงาน WAN เชื อมต อสายเคเบิลอีเธอร เน ต RJ 45 เข ากับพอร ตนี เพื อสร าง การเชื อมต อ WAN LAN1 LAN4 เชื อมต อสายเคเบิลอีเธอร เน ต RJ 45 เข ากับพอร ตเหล านี เพื อ สร างการเชื อมต อ LAN DC 12V เสียบอะแดปเตอร DC เข ากับพอร ตนี เพื อเชื อมต อเราเตอร ของ คุณเข ากับแหล งพลังงาน RT G32_Thai indd 8 1 7 09 2 53 22 PM ...

Страница 627: ...ี ยวสำหรับยึดเพื อยึดเราเตอร ของคุณบนผนังคอนกรีตห รือพื นผิวไม โดยใช สกรูหัวกลม 2 ตัว 2 ช องระบายอากาศ ช องเหล านี มีไว เพื อระบายอากาศในเราเตอร ของคุณ หมายเหตุ สำหรับรายละเอียดในการยึดเราเตอร ของคุณบนผนังหรือเพดาน ให ดูส วน ตัวเลือกในการยึด ในหน าถัดไปของของคู มือผู ใช นี RT G32_Thai indd 9 1 7 09 2 53 22 PM ...

Страница 628: ...บแขวนที ผนังหรือเพดานได ด วย ในการยึด ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร 1 มองข างใต เครื อง สำหรับที เกี ยวสำหรับยึด สองอัน 2 ทำเครื องหมายรูด านบน 2 รูบนพื นผิวที เรียบ 3 ไขสกรูสองตัว จนกระทั งมีเหลือยื นออกมาจาก ผนัง 1 4 4 แขวนที เกี ยวของ ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร ลง บนสกรู หมายเหตุ ปรับสกรูใหม ถ าคุณไม สามารถแขวน ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร บนสกรูได หรือถ ายึด ไว หลวมเกินไป RT G32_Thai indd 10 1 7 09 2 53 22 PM ...

Страница 629: ...ยวกับ EZSetup ให ดูส วน EZSetup ในบทที 5 ของคู มือ ผู ใช นี การตั งค าการเชื อมต อแบบมีสาย ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร ให สายเคเบิลอีเธอร เน ตมาในกล องบรรจุ ไวร เลส เราเตอร มีฟังก ชั นครอสโอเวอร อัตโนมัติในตัว ดังนั น คุณจึงสามารถใช ทั งสายตรง หรือสาย ครอสโอเวอร สำหรับการเชื อมต อแบบมีสายได ในการตั งค าการเชื อมต อแบบมีสาย 1 เปิดเราเตอร และโมเด มของคุณ 2 เชื อมต อพอร ต WAN ของเราเตอร กับโมเด มด วยการใช ส...

Страница 630: ... แบบกราฟฟิกบนเว บ เว บ GUI ซึ ง อนุญาตให คุณตั งค าคอนฟิกไวร เลส เราเตอร โดยใช เว บเบราเซอร บนคอมพิวเตอร ของคุณ การใช เว บ GUI ถ าพีซีของคุณเชื อมต อไปยังเราเตอร โดยใช สายเคเบิล ให เปิดเว บเบราเซอร และ หน าเข าระบบของเว บ GUI ของเราเตอร จะเปิดขึ นโดยอัตโนมัติ ถ าพีซีของคุณเชื อมต อไปยังเราเตอร แบบไร สาย คุณต องเลือกเครือข ายก อน ในการเลือกเครือข าย 1 คลิก Start เริ ม Control Panel แผงควบคุม Networ...

Страница 631: ...เซอร หมายเหตุ คุณอาจต องป อน IP แอดเดรสเริ มต นของเราเตอร 192 168 1 1 เข าไปด วยตัวเองเพื อ เปิดระบบติดต อบนเว บของเราเตอร สำหรับรายละเอียดเพิ มเติมเกี ยวกับการตั งค าคอนฟิกไวร เลส เราเตอร ของคุณโดยใช เว บ GUI ให ดู บทที 4 การตั งค าคอนฟิกผ านเว บ GUI RT G32_Thai indd 13 1 7 09 2 53 25 PM ...

Страница 632: ...คลเอ นต หรือคอมพิวเตอร บางเครื องในระบบเครือข ายของคุณแบบแมนนวลแทนที จะรับ IP แอดเดรสจากไวร เลส เราเตอร ของคุณโดยอัตโนมัติ ปฏิบัติตามขั นตอนด านล างตามระบบปฏิบัติการที ติดตั งบนไคลเอ นต หรือคอมพิว เตอร ของคุณ หมายเหตุ ถ าคุณต องการกำหนด IP แอดเดรสให กับไคลเอ นต ของคุณแบบแมนนวล เราแนะนำ ให คุณใช การตั งค าต อไปนี IP แอดเดรส 192 168 1 xxx xxx สามารถเป นตัวเลขใดก ได ระหว าง 2 ถึง 254 ตรวจ ดูให แน ใจว...

Страница 633: ... าย 2 เลือก TCP IP TCP IP จากนั น คลิก Properties คุณสมบัติ 3 ถ าคุณต องการให คอมพิวเตอร รับ IP แอดเดรสโดยอัตโนมัติ คลิก Obtain an IP address automatically รับ IP แอดเดรส โดยอัตโนมัติ จากนั นคลิก OK ตกลง ไม เช นนั น คลิก Specify an IP address ระบุ IP แอดเดรส จากนั นพิมพ ลงในช อง IP address IP แอดเดรส และ Subnet Mask ซับเน ต มาสก RT G32_Thai indd 15 1 7 09 2 53 26 PM ...

Страница 634: ... gateway เกตเวย ใหม จากนั นคลิก Add เพิ ม 5 เลือกแท บ DNS configuration การ กำหนดค า DNS และคลิก Enable DNS เปิดทำงาน DNS ป อนค าใน Host โฮสต Domain โดเมน และ DNS Server Search Order ลำดับการค นหา DNS เซิร ฟเวอร จากนั นคลิก Add เพิ ม 6 คลิก OK ตกลง RT G32_Thai indd 16 1 7 09 2 53 27 PM ...

Страница 635: ...P Protocol โปรโตคอล TCP IP จากรายการ Network Protocols โปรโตคอลเครือข าย จากนั นคลิก Properties คุณสมบัติ 3 จากแท บ IP Address IP แอดเดรส ของหน าต าง TCP IP Properties คุณสมบัติ TCP IP ของ Microsoft คุณสามารถ เลือกชนิดของอะแดปเตอร เครือ ข ายที ติดตั งในระบบของคุณ ตั งค าเราเตอร ให กำหนด IP แอดเดรสโดยอัตโนมัติ ตั งค า IP แอดเดรส ซับเน ต มาสก และเกตเวย เริ มต นแบบ แมนนวล RT G32_Thai indd 17 1 7 09 2...

Страница 636: ...h Order ลำดับ การค นหาบริการ DNS และป อน DNS เข าไป Windows 2000 1 คลิก Start เริ ม Control Panel แผงควบคุม Network and Dial up Connection เครือข ายและ การเชื อมต อแบบโทรเข า คลิกขวา ที Local Area Connection การ เชื อมต อเครือข ายท องถิ น จากนั น คลิก Properties คุณสมบัติ RT G32_Thai indd 18 1 7 09 2 53 30 PM ...

Страница 637: ...ault gateway เกต เวย เริ มต น 4 เลือก Obtain an IP address automatically รับ IP แอดเดรสโดย อัตโนมัติ ถ าคุณต องการให การตั ง ค า DNS เซิร ฟเวอร ถูกกำหนดโดย อัตโนมัติ ไม เช นนั น เลือก Use the following DNS server address ใช DNS เซิร ฟเวอร แอดเดรสต อไป นี และป อนค าในช อง Preferred ที เลือกใช และ Alternate DNS server DNS เซิร ฟเวอร อื น 5 คลิก OK ตกลง เมื อทำเสร จ Windows XP 1 คลิก Start เริ ม Cont...

Страница 638: ...ดรสต อไป นี และป อนค าในช อง IP address IP แอดเดรส Subnet mask ซับ เน ต มาสก และ Default gateway เกตเวย เริ มต น 4 เลือก Obtain DNS server address automatically รับ DNS เซิร ฟเวอร แอดเดรสโดยอัตโนมัติ ถ าคุณต อง การให การตั งค า DNS เซิร ฟเวอร ถูก กำหนดโดยอัตโนมัติ ไม เช นนั น เลือก Use the following DNS server addresses ใช DNS เซิร ฟ เวอร แอดเดรสต อไปนี และป อนค า ในช อง Preferred and Alternate DN...

Страница 639: ... บ GUI 1 หลังจากการตั งค าการเชื อมต อแบบมีสายหรือไร สาย ให เปิดเว บเบราเซอร หน า เข าระบบ จะเปิดขึ นโดยอัตโนมัติ หมายเหตุ คุณอาจต องป อน IP แอดเดรสเริ มต นของเราเตอร 192 168 1 1 เข าไปด วยตัวเอง เพื อเปิดระบบติดต อบนเว บของเราเตอร 2 บนหน าเข าระบบ ให ป อนชื อผู ใช เริ มต น admin และรหัสผ าน admin เข าไป 3 จากหน าหลัก คลิกเมนูหรือลิงค สำหรับเลือก เพื อตั งค าคอนฟิกคุณสมบัติต างๆ ของ ASUS ไวร เลส เ...

Страница 640: ...ng การตั งค า จากเมนูสำหรับเลือกที ด านซ ายของหน าจอของคุณ 2 ภายใต เมนู Administration การบริหารระบบ คลิก Firmware Upgrade เฟิร มแวร อัปเกรด 3 ในช อง New Firmware File ไฟล เฟิร มแวร ใหม คลิก Browse เรียกดู เพื อ ค นหาเฟิร มแวร ใหม บนคอมพิวเตอร ของคุณ 4 คลิก Upload อัปโหลด กระบวนการอัปโหลดใช เวลาประมาณ 3 นาที หมายเหตุ ถ ากระบวนการอัปเกรดล มเหลว ไวร เลส เราเตอร จะเข าสู โหมดฉุกเฉินหรือโหมด ล มเหลวโด...

Страница 641: ...etting กู คืน จัดเก บ อัปโหลดการตั งค า 3 เลือกงานที คุณต องการทำ ในการกู คืนการตั งค ากลับเป นค าเริ มต นจากโรงงาน คลิก Restore กู คืน และคลิก OK ตกลง ในข อความการยืนยัน ในการจัดเก บการตั งค าระบบปัจจุบัน คลิก Save จัดเก บ และคลิก Save จัดเก บ ในหน าต างดาวน โหลดไฟล เพื อจัดเก บไฟล ระบบลงในพาธที คุณ ต องการ ในการกู คืนการตั งค าระบบก อนหน า คลิก Browse เรียกดู เพื อค นหาไฟล ระบบ ที คุณต องการกู ค...

Страница 642: ...ดตั งยูทิลิตี ASUS WLAN ใน Microsoft Windows ให ใส แผ น CD สนับสนุนลงใน CD ไดรฟ ถ าคุณสมบัติการรันอัตโนมัติปิดทำงาน ให รัน setup exe จากไดเรกทอรีรากของแผ น CD สนับสนุน การติดตั งยูทิลิต 2 คลิก Next ถัดไป ในการติดตั งยูทิลิตี 1 คลิก Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities ติดตั งยูทิลิตี ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร RT G32_Thai indd 24 1 7 09 2 53 35 PM ...

Страница 643: ...2 3 คลิก Next ถัดไป เพื อยอมรับ โฟลเดอร ปลายทางเริ มต น หรือ คลิกBrowse เรียกดู เพื อระบุ พาธอื น 5 คลิก Install ติดตั ง เพื อติดตั ง ยูทิลิตี 6 คลิก Finish เสร จ เมื อตั งค าเสร จ 4 คลิก Next ถัดไป RT G32_Thai indd 25 1 7 09 2 53 36 PM ...

Страница 644: ...ารค นหา อุปกรณ การกู คืนเฟิร มแวร Firmware Restoration การกู คืนเฟิร มแวร เป นยูทิลิตี ที ค นหา ASUS ไวร เลส เราเตอร ที ทำงานล มเหลวระหว างกระบวนการอัปเกรดเฟิร ม แวร จากนั นกู คืนเฟิร มแวร ที คุณระบุ กระบวนการจะใช เวลาประมาณ 3 ถึง 4 นาที อย า ใช ยูทิลิตี นี ถ าคุณไม พบสถานการณ ที ผิดปกติ เช น เฟิร มแวร เสีย ล มเหลวขณะอัปเกรด หรือระบบล ม 1 ดาวน โหลดเฟิร มแวร และยูทิลิตี เวอร ชั นล าสุดจากเว บไซต ขอ...

Страница 645: ...เดรสแบบแมนนวล 192 168 1 254 3 ปิดไวร เลส เราเตอร กดปุ มรีเซ ตค างไว จากนั นเปิดอุปกรณ อีกครั ง อุปกรณ ไวร เลสจะเข าสู โหมดช วยเหลือ หลังจากที LED WLAN กะพริบ อย า ปิดเครื อง หรือรีเซ ตอุปกรณ ในขณะที กำลังอัปเดตเฟิร มแวร การทำเช นนั นอาจทำให การ บูตระบบล มเหลว เราแนะนำให คุณใช การเชื อมต อแบบมีสาย และตั งค า IP แอดเดรสแบบแมนนวล เพื อให ได สภาพแวดล อมสำหรับการรับส งที ดีที สุด ตรวจดูให แน ใจว าไฟร ว...

Страница 646: ...ั งหมด ASUS Utility ยูทิลิตี ASUS RT G32 Wireless Router RT G32 ไวร เลส เราเตอร Firmware Restoration การกู คืนเฟิร มแวร 5 คลิก Browse เรียกดู เพื อเลือกไฟล เฟิร มแวร จากนั นคลิก Upload อัปโหลด 6 หลังจากที การอัปโหลดเฟิร มแวร สำเร จ อุปกรณ จะบูตใหม โดยอัตโนมัติ RT G32_Thai indd 28 1 7 09 2 53 38 PM ...

Страница 647: ... ถัดไป 2 พิมพ ชื อผู ใช และรหัสผ าน เพื อตั งค าคอนฟิกไวร เลส เราเตอร บนเว บ เมื อทำเสร จ คลิก Next ถัดไป EZSetup EZSetup เป นยูทิลิตี ที ช วยให คุณตั งค าไวร เลส เราเตอร ของคุณได อย างง ายดาย ก อนที คุณจะติดตั ง EZSetup ให แน ใจว า RT G32 เชื อมต อไปยังโมเด มหรือพีซีด วยสายเคเบิล RJ45 RT G32_Thai indd 29 1 7 09 2 53 38 PM ...

Страница 648: ...วิร ก SSID และแชนเนลเชื อมต อเรียบร อยแล ว คลิก Next ถัดไป เพื อทำต อไป กำลังเชื อมต อ การเชื อมต อล มเหลว ถ าการเชื อมต อล มเหลว ตรวจดูให แน ใจว าฮาร ดแวร เชื อมต ออย างเหมาะสม และคลิก Re search ค นหาใหม เพื อค นหาอีกครั ง RT G32_Thai indd 30 1 7 09 2 53 39 PM ...

Страница 649: ...คลิก Finish เสร จ เพื อทำการตั งค าเครือข ายภายในให เสร จ 5 เลือกชนิดการเชื อมต อของคุณจากชนิดของบริการ ISP เหล านี Automatic IP IP อัตโนมัติ PPPoE PPTP L2TP และ Static IP สแตติก IP พิมพ ข อมูล ที จำเป นสำหรับชนิดการเชื อมต อ ISP ของคุณเข าไป เมื อทำเสร จ คลิก Next ถัดไป RT G32_Thai indd 31 1 7 09 2 53 39 PM ...

Страница 650: ... WPS บนพีซี โปรดทำตามขั นตอนด านล าง เพื อเปิดใช งานการ ตั งค าด วน WPS 1 เพื อที จะใช WPS ตรวจดูให แน ใจว า ทั ง RT G32 ไวร เลส เราเตอร และ ฟังก ชั น WPS ของซอฟต แวร ไร สาย ของคอมพิวเตอร เปิดใช งานอยู 2 กดปุ ม WPS ที แผงด านหลังของ RT G32 ไวร เลส เราเตอร 3 RT G32 WLAN LED สามารถสว าง ขึ น และกะพริบช าๆ หลังจากที การ เชื อมต อ WPS ถูกสร างขึ น RT G32_Thai indd 32 1 7 09 2 53 40 PM ...

Страница 651: ...ions ตัวเลือกอินเตอร เน ต 2 ภายใต Temporary Internet files ไฟล อินเตอร เน ตชั วคราว คลิก Delete Cookies ลบคุกกี และ Delete Files ลบไฟล ไคลเอ นต ไม สามารถสร าง การเชื อมต อไร สายกับ เราเตอร ได อยู นอกพื นที ทำงาน ย ายเราเตอร ให เข าใกล ไวร เลส ไคลเอ นต มากขึ น ลองเปลี ยนการตั งค าแชนเนล การยืนยันตัวบุคคล ใช การเชื อมต อแบบมีสายเพื อเชื อมต อไปยัง เราเตอร ตรวจสอบการตั งค าระบบป องกันแบบไร สา ย กดปุ ...

Страница 652: ...มเด ม ADSL ติด ไม กะพริบ หมายความว าสามารถเข า ถึงอินเตอร เน ตได เริ มคอมพิวเตอร ของคุณใหม ให ดูคู มือการเริ มต นฉบับย อของไวร เลส เราเตอร และคอนฟิกการตั งค าใหม ตรวจสอบว า LED WAN บนไวร เลส เราเตอร ติดอยู หรือไม ตรวจสอบการตั งค าการเข ารหัสไร สาย ตรวจสอบว าคอมพิวเตอร สามารถรับ IP แอดเดรสได หรือไม ผ านทั งเครือข ายแบบ มีสาย และเครือข ายแบบไร สาย ตรวจดูให แน ใจว าเว บเบราเซอร ของคุณถูก คอนฟิกให ใช ...

Страница 653: ...ะบบกลับเป นการ ตั งค าเริ มต น กดปุ ม กู คืน ที แผงด านหลังของไวร เลส เราเตอร เป นเวลานานกว า 5 วินาที ดูส วน การกู คืนกลับเป นการตั งค าเริ มต น ใน บทที 4 ของคู มือผู ใช นี ค าต อไปนี คือการตั งค าเริ มต นจากโรงงาน ชื อผู ใช admin รหัสผ าน admin เปิดทำงาน DHCP ใช ถ าเสียบสายเคเบิล WAN IP แอดเดรส 192 168 1 1 ชื อโดเมน ว าง ซับเน ต มาสก 255 255 255 0 DNS เซิร ฟเวอร 1 192 168 1 1 DNS เซิร ฟเวอร 2 ว ...

Страница 654: ...cations However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the se...

Страница 655: ...ed These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted These ar...

Страница 656: ...its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are ...

Страница 657: ...efers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities...

Страница 658: ...d can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the e...

Страница 659: ...ts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties...

Страница 660: ...plication of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by c...

Страница 661: ...PLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTR...

Страница 662: ...ซ 15029338713 เว บไซต usa asus com ซอฟต แวร ดาวน โหลด support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH เยอรมันนีและออสเตรีย ที อยู Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany โทรศัพท 49210295990 แฟกซ 492102959911 การติดต อออนไลน www asus com de sales ฝ ายสนับสนุนด านเทคนิค โทรศัพท 49210295990 แฟกซ 492102959911 ฝ ายสนับสนุนออนไลน www asus com de support เว บไซต www asus com de news สิ งที มีบนไซต นี เป นแบบฟอร มสอบถ...

Страница 663: ...RT G32 Kablosuz Yönlendirici Kullanım Kılavuzu RT G _Turkish indd 1 1 7 09 56 PM ...

Страница 664: ...SUS YA DA DİREKTÖRLERİ GÖREVLİLERİ ÇALIŞANLARI YA DA TEMSİLCİLERİ HERHANGİ BİR DOLAYLI ÖZEL ARIZİ YA DA SONUÇSAL HASARDAN KAR KAYBI İŞ KAYBI KULLANIM YA DA VERİ KAYBI İŞİN KESİNTİYE UĞRAMASI VE BENZERİ HASARLAR DA DAHİL OLMAK ÜZERE DOLAYI SÖZ KONUSU HASARIN BU KILAVUZDAKİ YA DA ÜRÜNDEKİ HERHANGİ BİR KUSURDAN YA DA HATADAN KAYNAKLANABİLECEĞİNİN ASUS A BİLDİRİLMİŞ OLMASI DURUMUNDA DAHİ SORUMLU OLMAY...

Страница 665: ...önlendiriciyi kurma 11 Kablolu bağlantıyı kurma 11 Kablosuz bağlantıyı kurma 12 Kablosuz yönlendiriciyi yapılandırma 12 Web GUI yi kullanma 12 Ağ istemcilerini yapılandırma 14 Kablosuz yönlendiriciye erişim 14 Kablolu veya kablosuz istemci için IP adresi belirleme 14 Web GUI üzerinden yapılandırma 21 Web GUI üzerinden yapılandırma 21 Ayarları Yapılandırma 22 Ürün yazılımını güncelleştirme 22 Ayarl...

Страница 666: ... hakkında bilgi verir Bölüm 2 Donanımı kurma Bu bölüm ASUS Kablosuz Yönlendiriciyi kurma ürüne erişme ve ürünü yapılandırma ile ilgili yönergeler içerir Bölüm 3 Ağ istemcilerini yapılandırma Bu bölüm ağınızdaki istemcilerin ASUS Kablosuz Yönlendiriciyle birlikte çalışmak üzere ayarlanmasına dair yönergeler içerir Yardımcı programları kurma 24 Device Discovery 26 Ürün Yazılımı Onarma 26 EZSetup 29 ...

Страница 667: ...rken karşılaşabileceğiniz yaygın sorunları çözmek üzere bir sorun giderme kılavuzu sağlar Ekler Bu bölümde yasal Bildirimler ve Güvenlik İfadeleri yer alır Bu kılavuzda kullanılan ifadeler UYARI Bir görevi gerçekleştirmeye çalışırken yaralanmanızı önlemeye yönelik bilgilerdir DİKKAT Bir görevi gerçekleştirmeye çalışırken bileşenlerin hasar görmesini önlemeye yönelik bilgilerdir ÖNEMLİ Bir görevi t...

Страница 668: ...z bir IEEE 802 11b g aygıtı Kurulu bir TCP IP ve Internet tarayıcısı Internet Explorer 6 0 veya üzeri sürümleri Devam etmeden önce ASUS Kablosuz Yönlendiriciyi kurmadan önce aşağıdaki yönergeleri dikkate alın Aygıtı ağa hub ADSL kablo modem yönlendirici duvar bağlantısı bağlamak için kullanılan Ethernet kablosunun uzunluğu 100 metreyi geçmemelidir Aygıtı zeminden olabildiğince yukarıda bulunan düz...

Страница 669: ...l Durum göstergeleri LED Durum Gösterge Güç Kapalı Güç yok Açık Sistem hazır WLAN Kablosuz LAN Kapalı Güç yok Açık Kablosuz sistem hazır Yanıp sönüyor Veri iletiyor veya alıyor kablosuz LAN 1 4 Yerel Ağ Kapalı Güç veya fiziksel bağlantı yok Açık Ethernet ağı ile fiziksel bağlantısı var Yanıp sönüyor Veri iletiyor veya alıyor Ethernet kablosu üzerinden WAN Geniş Alan Ağı Kapalı Güç veya fiziksel ba...

Страница 670: ...ye basın Sıfırla Varsayılan fabrika ayarlarını yüklemek için üç saniye basın WAN WAN bağlantısı oluşturmak için bu bağlantı noktasına bir RJ 45 Ethernet kablosu takın LAN1 LAN4 LAN bağlantısı oluşturmak için bu bağlantı noktalarına RJ 45 Ethernet kabloları takın DC 12V Yönlendiricinizi bir güç kaynağına bağlamak için bu bağlantı noktasına bir DC adaptörü takın RT G32_Turkish indd 8 1 7 09 56 5 PM ...

Страница 671: ...çin iki yuvarlak başlı vida ile montaj kancalarını kullanın 2 Hava delikleri Bu delikler yönlendiricinizin havalandırılmasını sağlar Not Yönlendiricinizi duvara veya tavana monte etme hakkında ayrıntılı bilgi için bu kullanım kılavuzunun bir sonraki sayfasında yer alan Mounting options Montaj seçenekleri kısmına bakın RT G _Turkish indd 9 1 7 09 56 6 PM ...

Страница 672: ...duvar veya tavana monte edilecek şekilde çevrilebilir ASUS Kablosuz Yönlendiriciyi monte etmek için 1 İki montaj kancasını alt kısımda bulun 2 Üstteki iki deliği düz bir yüzeyde işaretleyin 3 İki vidayı 6mm kalana kadar sıkın 4 ASUS Kablosuz Yönlendiricinin kancalarını vidalara tutturun Not ASUS Kablosuz Yönlendiriciyi vidalara tutturamıyorsanız veya tutturduğunuzda çok gevşekse vidaları yeniden a...

Страница 673: ...avuzunun 5 Bölümündeki EZSetup kısmına bakın Kablolu bağlantıyı kurma ASUS Kablosuz Yönlendiricinin paketinde bir Ethernet kablosu da bulunur Kablosuz yönlendiricide tümleşik auto crossover işlevi bulunur bu yüzden kablolu bağlantı için straight through düz veya crossover çapraz kablo kullanın Kablolu bağlantıyı kurmak için 1 Yönlendiricinizi ve modemi açın 2 Bir Ethernet kablosu kullanarak yönlen...

Страница 674: ...eb tarayıcısını kullanarak yapılandırmanızı sağlayan bir web grafik kullanıcı arabirimi web GUI içerir Web GUI yi kullanma PC niz yönlendiriciye kablo ile bağlanmışsa bir web tarayıcısını açtığınızda yönlendiricinin web GUI oturum açma sayfası otomatik olarak açılır PC niz yönlendiriciye kablosuz olarak bağlanıyorsa önce ağı seçmeniz gerekir Ağı seçmek için 1 Start Başlat Control Panel Denetim Mas...

Страница 675: ...cinin web arabirimini açmak için ürünün varsayılan IP adresini 192 168 1 1 manüel olarak da girebilirsiniz Kablosuz yönlendiricinizi web GUI yi kullanarak yapılandırma hakkında daha fazla bilgi için bkz Chapter 4 Configuring via the web GUI Bölüm 4 Web GUI üzerinden yapılandırma RT G _Turkish indd 1 1 7 09 56 7 PM ...

Страница 676: ... otomatik olarak almak yerine ağınızdaki bazı istemcilere veya bilgisayarlara manüel olarak statik IP adresleri atamak isteyebilirsiniz Aşağıda istemcinizde veya bilgisayarınızda kurulu olan işletim sistemine uygun yönergeleri izleyin Not Bir IP adresini istemcinize manüel olarak atamak istiyorsanız aşağıdaki ayarları kullanmanızı öneririz IP adresi 192 168 1 xxx xxx 2 ile 254 arasındaki herhangi ...

Страница 677: ...roperties Özellikler öğelerini seçin 3 Bilgisayarınızın otomatik olarak bir IP adresi almasını istiyorsanız Obtain an IP address automatically Otomatik olarak bir IP adresi al OK Tamam öğesini tıklatın İstemiyorsanız Specify an IP address Bir IP adresi belirtin öğesini tıklatıp IP address IP adresi ve Subnet Mask Alt Ağ Maskesi bilgilerini girin RT G _Turkish indd 15 1 7 09 2 56 28 PM ...

Страница 678: ...kle düğmesini tıklatın 5 DNS configuration DNS yapılandırması sekmesini seçip Enable DNS DNS yi Etkinleştir öğesini tıklatın Host Ana Bilgisayar Domain Etki Alanı ve DNS Server Search Order DNS Sunucusu Arama Düzeni bilgilerini girin ve Add Ekle düğmesini tıklatın 6 OK Tamam düğmesini tıklatın RT G _Turkish indd 16 1 7 09 2 56 28 PM ...

Страница 679: ...CP IP Protocol TCP IP Protokolü öğesini seçip Properties Özellikler öğesini tıklatın 3 Microsoft TCP IP Properties Microsoft TCP IP Özellikleri penceresinin IP Address IP Adresi sekmesinden Sisteminizde kurulu ağ bağdaştırıcısı türünü seçebilirsiniz Yönlendiriciyi IP adresini otomatik olarak atayacak şekilde ayarlayabilirsiniz IP adresini alt ağ maskesini ve varsayılan ağ geçidini manüel olarak be...

Страница 680: ...in altındaki Add Ekle öğesini tıklatıp DNS adresini girin Windows 2000 1 Start Başlat Control Panel Denetim Masası Network and Dial up Connection Ağ ve Çevirmeli Bağlantı öğelerini tıklatın Local Area Connection Yerel Ağ Bağlantısı öğesini sağ tıklatıp Properties Özellikler öğesini tıklatın RT G32_Turkish indd 18 1 7 09 56 9 PM ...

Страница 681: ...gilerini girin 4 DNS sunucu ayarlarının otomatik olarak atanmasını istiyorsanız Obtain an IP address automatically Otomatik olarak bir IP adresi al seçeneğini işaretleyin İstemiyorsanız Use the following DNS server address Aşağıdaki DNS sunucu adresini kullan seçeneğini işaretleyin ve Preferred Tercih edilen ve Alternate DNS server Alternatif DNS sunucusu bilgilerini girin 5 Bitirdiğinizde OK Tama...

Страница 682: ...eçin ve IP address IP adresi Subnet mask Alt ağ maskesi ve Default gateway Varsayılan ağ geçidi bilgilerini girin 4 DNS sunucu ayarlarının otomatik olarak atanmasını istiyorsanız Obtain DNS server address automatically DNS sunucu adresini otomatik olarak al seçeneğini işaretleyin İstemiyorsanız Use the following DNS server addresses Aşağıdaki DNS sunucu adreslerini kullan seçeneğini işaretleyin ve...

Страница 683: ...ktan sonra bir web tarayıcısı açın Oturum açma sayfası otomatik olarak açılır Not Yönlendiricinin web arabirimini açmak için ürünün varsayılan IP adresini 192 168 1 1 manüel olarak da girebilirsiniz 2 Oturum açma sayfasında varsayılan kullanıcı adını admin ve parolayı admin girin 3 ASUS Kablosuz Yönlendiricinin çeşitli özelliklerini yapılandırmak için ana sayfadan gezinti menüsünü veya bağlantılar...

Страница 684: ...yarlar öğesini seçin 2 Administration Yönetim menüsünün altındaki Firmware Upgrade Ürün Yazılımı Güncelleştirme öğesini tıklatın 3 Bilgisayarınızdaki ürün yazılımını bulmak için New Firmware File Yeni Ürün Yazılımı Dosyası alanında Browse Gözat düğmesini tıklatın 4 Upload Karşıya Yükle düğmesini tıklatın Yükleme işlemi yaklaşık üç dakika sürer Not Yükleme işlemi başarısız olursa kablosuz yönlendir...

Страница 685: ...eştirmek istediğiniz görevleri seçin Varsayılan fabrika ayarlarını geri yüklemek için Restore Geri Yükle düğmesini ve onay mesajı geldiğinde OK Tamam düğmesini tıklatın Geçerli sistem ayarlarını kaydetmek için Save Kaydet düğmesini tıklatın ve sistem dosyasını tercih ettiğiniz konuma kaydetmek üzere dosya karşıdan yükleme penceresinde Save Kaydet düğmesini tıklatın Önceki sistem ayarlarını geri yü...

Страница 686: ...ws ta kurmak için destek CD sini CD sürücüye yerleştirin Autorun Otomatik çalıştır özelliği devre dışı bırakılmışsa destek CD sinin kök dizininden setup exe uygulamasını çalıştırın Yardımcı programları kurma 2 Next İleri düğmesini tıklatın Yardımcı programları yüklemek için 1 Install ASUS Wireless Router Utilities ASUS Kablosuz Yönlendirici Yardımcı Programlarını Yükle öğesini tıklatın RT G _Turki...

Страница 687: ...ek için Next İleri düğmesini veya başka bir yol belirtmek için Browse Gözat düğmesini tıklatın 5 Yardımcı programı yüklemek için Install Yükle düğmesini tıklatın 6 Kurulum tamamlandığında Finish Son düğmesini tıklatın 4 Next İleri düğmesini tıklatın RT G _Turkish indd 5 1 7 09 56 PM ...

Страница 688: ... Yazılımı Onarma ürün yazılımı güncelleştirme işlemi sırasında hata veren ASUS Kablosuz Yönlendiriciyi bulan ve belirttiğiniz ürün yazılımını onaran veya yeniden karşıya yükleyen bir yardımcı programdır İşlem yaklaşık üç veya dört dakika sürer Bozuk ürün yazılımı yükseltme hatası veya sistem kilitlenmesi gibi anormal bir durumla karşılaşmadıkça bu yardımcı programı KULLANMAYIN 1 Web sitemizden htt...

Страница 689: ... 192 168 1 254 3 Kablosuz yönlendiricinin gücünü kapatın sıfırlama düğmesine basılı tutun ve aygıtı tekrar açın WLAN LED i yanıp söndükten sonra kablosuz aygıt kurtarma moduna geçer Ürün yazılımı güncelleştirilirken sistemi KAPATMAYIN veya SIFIRLAMAYIN Bu sistem önyükleme hatasına neden olabilir İletim için ideal bir ortam oluşturmak üzere kablolu bağlantı kullanmanızı ve IP adresini manüel olarak...

Страница 690: ...amı RT G32 Wireless Router RT G32 Kablosuz Yönlendirici Firmware Restoration öğelerini tıklatın 5 Ürün yazılımı dosyasını seçmek için Browse Gözat düğmesini sonra Upload Karşıya Yükle düğmesini tıklatın 6 Ürün yazılımını başarılı bir şekilde karşıya yükledikten sonra aygıt otomatik olarak yeniden başlatılır RT G32_Turkish indd 28 1 7 09 56 PM ...

Страница 691: ...tıklatın 2 Kablosuz yönlendiriciyi web de yapılandırmak için kullanıcı adını ve parolayı girin Tamamladığınızda Next İleri düğmesini tıklatın EZSetup EZSetup kablosuz ağınızı kolayca kurmanızı sağlayan bir yardımcı programdır EZSetup uygulamasını yüklemeden önce RT G32 ürününüzün RJ45 kablosuyla modeme veya PC ye bağlandığından emin olun RT G _Turkish indd 9 1 7 09 56 PM ...

Страница 692: ...l bağlandıktan sonra devam etmek için Next İleri düğmesini tıklatın Bağlanıyor Bağlantı başarısız Bağlantı başarısız olursa donanım ortamının doğru şekilde bağlandığından emin olun ve tekrar arama yapmak için Re search Tekrar ara öğesini tıklatın RT G _Turkish indd 0 1 7 09 56 4 PM ...

Страница 693: ...hili ağ ayarlarını tamamlamak için Finish Son düğmesini tıklatın 5 Aşağıdaki ISP servisi türlerinin arasından bağlantı türünüzü seçin Automatic IP Otomatik IP PPPoE PPTP L2TP ve Static IP Statik IP ISP bağlantı türünüz için gerekli bilgileri girin Tamamladığınızda Next İleri düğmesini tıklatın RT G _Turkish indd 1 1 7 09 56 4 PM ...

Страница 694: ... Hızlı kurulum özelliğini etkinleştirmek için lütfen aşağıdaki yönergeleri izleyin 1 WPS yi kullanmak için hem RT G32 kablosuz yönlendiricinin hem de diğer bilgisayarın kablosuz yazılımında WPS işlevinin etkinleştirildiğinden emin olun 2 RT G32 kablosuz yönlendiricinin arka panelindeki WPS düğmesine basın 3 WPS bağlantısı kurulduktan sonra RT G32 WLAN LED i yanar ve yavaş bir şekilde yanıp söner R...

Страница 695: ...i öğelerini tıklatın 2 Temporary Internet files Geçici Internet dosyaları altındaki Delete Cookies Tanımlama Bilgilerini Sil ve Delete Files Dosyaları Sil öğelerini tıklatın İstemci yönlendiriciyle kablosuz bağlantı kuramıyor Kapsama Alanı Dışında Yönlendiriciyi kablosuz istemcinin yakınına koyun Kanal ayarlarını değiştirmeye çalışın Kimlik Doğrulama Yönlendiriciye bağlanmak için kablolu bağlantıy...

Страница 696: ...ğı yanıyorsa yanıp sönmemeli bu Internet Erişiminin mümkün olmadığını gösterir Bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatın Kablosuz yönlendiricinin Hızlı Başlangıç Kılavuzuna başvurun ve ayarları tekrar yapılandırın Kablosuz yönlendiricideki WAN LED inin yanıp yanmadığını denetleyin Kablosuz şifreleme ayarlarını denetleyin Bilgisayarın IP adresini alıp alamadığını denetleyin hem kablolu hem kablosuz ağ üzeri...

Страница 697: ...ri yükleme Kablosuz yönlendiricinin arka panelindeki Restore Geri Yükle düğmesine beş saniyeden uzun bir süre basın Bu kullanma kılavuzunun 4 Bölümündeki Restoring to the default settings Varsayılan ayarları geri yükleme bölümüne bakın Aşağıdakiler varsayılan fabrika ayarlarıdır Kullanıcı Adı admin Parola admin DHCP Etkin Yes Evet WAN kablosu takılı ise IP adresi 192 168 1 1 Etki Alanı Adı Boş Alt...

Страница 698: ...ications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the s...

Страница 699: ...ed These are considered relevant and sufficient Protection requirements for electromagnetic compatibility Article 3 1b Testing for electromagnetic compatibility according to EN 301 489 1 and EN 301 489 17 has been conducted These are considered relevant and sufficient Effective use of the radio spectrum Article 3 2 Testing for radio test suites according to EN 300 328 2 has been conducted These ar...

Страница 700: ...ts users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are d...

Страница 701: ...a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and m...

Страница 702: ...ute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to ...

Страница 703: ...Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to acc...

Страница 704: ...ugh any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit g...

Страница 705: ...FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO...

Страница 706: ...029338713 Web sitesi usa asus com Yazılım yükleme support asus com ASUS COMPUTER GmbH Almanya ve Avusturya Adres Harkort Str 25 D40880 Ratingen Germany Telefon 49210295990 Faks 492102959911 Çevrimiçi irtibat www asus com de sales Teknik Destek Telefon 49210295990 Faks 492102959911 Çevrimiçi destek www asus com de support Web sitesi www asus com de news Bu sitede teknik destek birimiyle bağlantı ku...

Страница 707: ...RT G32 無線路由器 使 用 手 冊 ...

Страница 708: ... 以下簡稱 華碩 許可 不得任意地仿製 拷貝 謄抄 轉譯或為其他使用或處分 本使用手冊沒有任何型式的擔保 立場表 達或其它暗示 若有任何因本使用手冊或其所提到之產品的所有資訊 所引 起直接或間接的資料流失 利益損失或事業終止 華碩及其所屬員工恕不為 其擔負任何責任 除此之外 本使用手冊所提到的產品規格及資訊僅供參 考 內容亦會隨時更新 恕不另行通知 華碩不負責本使用手冊的任何錯誤 或疏失 本使用手冊中所提及的產品名稱僅做為識別之用 而前述名稱可能是屬於其 他公司的註冊商標或是著作權 T4264 第一版 2008 年 12 月 ...

Страница 709: ...第一章 認識您的無線路由器 6 包裝內容物 6 系統需求 6 在您安裝前 6 硬體裝置 7 前面板 7 後面板 8 底部 9 安裝選項 10 第二章 設定硬體裝置 11 設定無線路由器 11 有線連接 11 無線連接 12 設定無線路由器 12 使用網頁圖形介面設定 12 第三章 設定網路用戶端 14 使用無線路由器 14 為有線或無線用戶端設定一個 IP 位址 14 第四章 使用網頁圖形介面設定路由器 21 使用網頁圖形介面進行設定 21 設定 22 韌體更新 22 還原 匯出 上傳設定 23 ...

Страница 710: ...無線路由器的包裝內容物 系統要求 硬體功能與 LED 指示燈的資訊 第二章 硬體裝置設定 本章介紹如何設定 存取華碩無線路由器 第三章 設定網路用戶端 本章介紹如何設定無線路由器網路內的用戶端 第四章 使用網頁圖形介面設定路由器 本章介紹如何使用網頁圖形介面設定華碩無線路由器 第五章 安裝應用程式 24 安裝應用程式 24 韌體回復 Firmware Restoration 26 偵測裝置 Device Discovery 26 EZSetup 29 WPS 快速按鈕設定 32 第六章 疑難排解 33 疑難排解 33 附錄 36 注意事項 36 註冊步驟 36 DGT 警語 36 華碩連絡資訊 37 ...

Страница 711: ...式 本章介紹了驅動程式與應用程式光碟內的應用程式資訊 第六章 疑難排解 本章介紹了您在使用華碩無線路由器過程中可能遇到的一些常見問題的解 決方法 附錄 本章介紹一些常用安全資訊 提示符號 警告 提醒您在進行某一項工作時要注意您本身的安全 小心 提醒您在進行某一項工作時要注意勿傷害到裝置元件 重要 此符號表示您必須要遵照手冊所描述之方式完成一項或多項 軟硬體的安裝或設定 注意 提供有助於完成某項工作的訣竅和其他額外的資訊 ...

Страница 712: ...網路滿足下列需求 一個 Ethernet RJ 45 連接埠 10Base T 100Base TX 至少一個支援無線功能的 IEEE 802 11b g 設備 已安裝 TCP IP 與網路瀏覽器 支援 Internet Explorer 6 0 或更高版本 在您安裝前 在安裝華碩無線路由器之前請閱讀以下注意事項 連結設備與網路 集線器 ADSL cable modem 路由器等 的網路線應 在 100 公尺範圍內 將設備置於平穩光滑桌面 遠離桌子邊緣以免設備墜地 設備應遠離金屬障礙物並避免陽光直射 設備應遠離變壓器 高功率電動機 日光燈 微波爐 電冰箱等設備 以 避免訊號丟失 請將設備安裝在合適區域以便對所有無線行動設備進行訊號覆蓋 將設備安裝於距離人體 20cm 以外的地方 以確認本產品運作環境符合 FCC 的相關規定 1 認識您的 無線路由器 ...

Страница 713: ... 硬體裝置 前面板 狀態指示燈 指示燈 狀態 描述 電源 燈滅 電源關閉 燈亮 系統待命中 WLAN 無線網 路 燈滅 電源關閉 燈亮 無線系統待命中 閃爍 傳輸或接收資料中 無線網路 LAN 1 4 區域 網路 燈滅 電源關閉或沒有建立實體連線 燈亮 已建立實體連線至區域網路 閃爍 傳輸或接收資料中 透過乙太網路線 WAN 廣域網 路 燈滅 電源關閉或沒有建立實體連線 燈亮 已建立實體連線至乙太網路 閃爍 傳輸或接收資料中 透過乙太網路線 ...

Страница 714: ...32 第一章 認識您的無線路由器 後面板 項目 描述 天線 手動調節天線以獲得更好的收訊效果 WPS 按下此按鈕開啟 WPS 應用程式 Reset 按下此按鈕三秒鐘可將路由器系統復原到出廠預設 值 WAN 將 RJ 45 網路線連接至這些連接埠以建立 WAN 連 線 LAN1 LAN4 將 RJ 45 網路線連接至這些連接埠以建立 LAN 連 線 DC 12V 將 DC 變壓器插入此電源孔以將路由器連接到電源 ...

Страница 715: ... 第一章 認識您的無線路由器 RT G32 底部 1 2 項目 描述 1 安裝掛鉤 用兩顆螺絲將路由器安裝於混凝土或木質表面 2 散熱孔 這些散熱孔用來通風 注意 有關安裝路由器於牆面或天花板的詳細說明 請參考下一頁 ...

Страница 716: ...10 RT G32 第一章 認識您的無線路由器 安裝選項 華碩無線路由器可安裝於高處的平面上 如衣櫥或書架上 也可以固定於 牆上或天花板上 請依以下步驟安裝華碩路由器 1 找到路由器底部的兩個安裝掛鉤 2 在牆上或高處的平面上標註兩個孔位 3 轉入兩顆螺絲 直到只露出 1 4 4 將無線路由器掛到牆上的螺絲上 注意 若螺絲太鬆或無法將路由器掛到螺絲上 請調整螺絲位置 ...

Страница 717: ...改變來滿足您個人的要求 此外 華碩提供了一個名為 EZSetup 的應用程式 可讓您快速方便地設定安全無線網路 注意 有關 EZSetup 的更多資訊 請參考本手冊第５章的說明 有線連接 在本產品的包裝中 內含有一條可用於連接華碩無線路由器的乙太網路 線 而華碩無線路由器本身具備自動偵測跳線 平行線功能 因此您可以使 用已跳線或未跳線的乙太網路線來連接路由器 請依照以下步驟進行有線連接 1 開啟路由器與數據機 2 用網路線將路由器的 WAN 連接埠與數據機相連 3 用另一條網絡線將路由器的 LAN 連接埠與您電腦的 LAN 連接埠相連 數據機 華碩無線路由器 ...

Страница 718: ...路由器搭配使用的無線網路卡的使用手冊 華碩 無線路由器的預設 SSID 是 default 小寫 至於加密設定則為關閉 並採用開放系統認證 設定無線路由器 華碩無線路由器包含一個網頁圖形介面 web GUI 您可以利用電腦上 的網路瀏覽器進行無線路由器的設定 使用網頁圖形介面設定 若您使用網路線接電腦與無線路由器 開啟一個網路瀏覽器 路由器的網 頁圖形介面登入畫面會自動出現 如果您的電腦與路由器是無線連線 請先選擇網路 請依照以下步驟選擇網路 1 點選 開始 控制台 網路連線 無線網路連線 2 在 選擇一個無線網路 視窗中選擇一個網路 然後等待連接 注意 預設設定時 RT G32 的 SSID 為 default 請連接到這一預設 SSID 數據機 華碩無線路由器 ...

Страница 719: ...13 第二章 設定硬體裝置 RT G32 3 建立無線連線後 開啟一個網路瀏覽器 注意 您也可以手動鍵入預設 IP 位址 192 168 1 1 以開啟路由器網頁圖形介面 更多關於透過網頁圖形介面設定無線路由器的資訊 請參考第四章 使用網頁圖 形介面設定路由器 ...

Страница 720: ... DHCP 伺服器功能 當系統開啟時 它將自動指定 IP 位址 到網路中的用戶端 但在某些情況下 您可能更願意手動指派某些您網路內的用戶端或電腦的 靜態 IP 位址 而不是透過您的無線路由器自動獲得 IP 位址 以下是設定您電腦的步驟 請根據您所使用的作業系統選擇適當的操作步 驟 注意 如果您想手動指派一個 IP 位址 建議使用下列設定 IP 位址 192 168 1 xxx xxx 可為 2 至 254 之間的數字 請確認該 IP 位址沒有 被其他裝置使用 子網路遮罩 255 255 255 0 與華碩無線路由器一致 閘道 192 168 1 1 華碩無線路由器的 IP 位址 DNS 192 168 1 1 華碩無線路由器 或者指派一個網路內的已知 DNS 伺服器 ...

Страница 721: ... G32 Windows 9x ME 1 依次點選 Start Control Panel Network 此時將會出現 Network 設定視窗 2 在 TCP IP 標籤頁中 點選 Properties 3 若您想讓電腦自動獲取 IP 位址 請點選 Obtain an IP address automatically 然後按下 OK 或者 您也可以點選 Specify an IP address 手動輸入 IP 位址和 子網路遮罩 ...

Страница 722: ...16 RT G32 第三章 設定網路用戶端 4 選擇 Gateway 標籤頁 在 New gateway 欄位輸入新的閘道位址 然後點選 Add 5 選擇 DNS configuration 標籤頁 並點選 Enable DNS 輸入 Host Domain 以及 DNS Server Search Order 然後點選 Add 6 點選 OK ...

Страница 723: ...Protocols 列表中選擇 TCP IP Protocol 然後點選 Properties 3 在 Microsoft TCP IP Properties 視窗的 IP Address 標籤頁 您可 以 在 Adapter 欄位選擇您的系統的 網路適配卡 若 您 想 要 使 用 路 由 器 指 定 的 IP 位址 請選擇 Obtain an IP address from a DHCP server 若您想使用特定的 IP 位址 請 選擇 Specify an IP address 並在 IP Address Subnet Mask 與 Default Gateway 欄中輸入正確的 IP 位址 子網 路遮罩和預設閘道 ...

Страница 724: ...18 RT G32 第三章 設定網路用戶端 4 選擇 DNS 標籤頁並點選 DNS Service Search Order 列表下面的 Add 按鈕 然後輸入 DNS Windows 2000 1 依次點選 Start Control Panel Network and Dial up Connection 右鍵點選 Local Area Connection 然後點選 Properties ...

Страница 725: ...也可以點選 Use the following IP address 手動輸入 IP 位址 子網路遮罩和預設閘道 4 若您想要子動獲取 DNS 伺服 器 請選擇 Obtain DNS server address automatically 或者 您也可以點選 Use the following DNS server address 手動輸入 Prefered DNS server 與 Alternate DNS server 之 IP 位址 5 完成後點選 OK Windows XP 1 依次點選 Start Control Panel Network Connection 右鍵點選 Local Area Connection 然後選 擇 Properties ...

Страница 726: ...的 IP 位址 請選擇 Obtain an IP address automatically 或者 您也可以點選 Use the following IP address 手動輸入 IP 位址 子網路遮罩和預設閘道 4 若您想要自動獲取 DNS 伺服 器 請選擇 Obtain DNS server address automatically 或者 您也可以點選 Use the following DNS server address 手動輸入 Prefered DNS server 與 Alternate DNS server 之 IP 位址 5 完成後點選 OK ...

Страница 727: ...使用網頁圖形介面 設定路由器 使用網頁圖形介面進行設定 路由器的網頁圖形介面 web GUI 可讓您設定路由器的功能 請依照以下步驟透過網頁圖形介面進行設定 1 建立有線或無線連接後 開啟一個網路瀏覽器 登入頁面會自動出現 注意 您可以手動輸入路由器預設 IP 位址 192 168 1 1 來開啟路由器網路介面 2 在登入頁面中 輸入預設使用者名稱 admin 與密碼 admin 3 接著會出現華碩無線路由器主頁 主頁顯示快速連結 可設定無線路由器 的主要功能 ...

Страница 728: ...以下步驟開啟設定畫面 點選螢幕左邊導航選單中的 設定 韌體更新 注意 請造訪華碩網站 http tw asus com 下載最新韌體 請依照以下步驟進行韌體更新 1 點選 螢幕左邊導航選單中的 設定 2 點選 系統管理 選單下的 韌體更新 3 在 新韌體更新 中點選 瀏覽 開啟您欲更新的韌體檔 4 點選 上傳 過程將需要大約三分鐘 注意 如果更新進程失敗 無線路由器將自動進入緊急模式或失敗模式 並且前面板上的 電源 LED 指示燈緩慢閃爍 請使用 Firmware Restoration 應用程式還原系統 詳情請參考 第五章 韌體回復 Firmware Restoration 的有關內容 ...

Страница 729: ...定路由器 RT G32 還原 匯出 上傳設定 請依照以下步驟進行 還原 匯出 上傳設定 1 點選 螢幕左邊導航選單中的 設定 2 點選 系統管理 選單下的 還原 匯出 上傳設定 3 選擇您想要進行的操作 想還原為出廠預設值 點選 還原 然後按下確認訊息中的 OK 想匯出現有系統設定 點選 匯出 然後點選檔案下載視窗中的 匯出 將 您的系統檔案儲存在您欲儲存的路徑下 想還原系統設定 點選 瀏覽 開啟您欲回復的系統檔案 然後按下 上傳 ...

Страница 730: ...24 RT G32 第五章 安裝應用程式 5 安裝應用程式 應用程式光碟包含用於設定華碩無線路由器的應用程式 在 Microsoft Windows 作業系統下安裝華碩無線路由器應用程式 請將應用程式 CD 插入 光碟機 如果未開啟 自動安插通知 功能 請點選應用程式光碟子目錄中 的 setup exe 請依照以下步驟安裝應用程式 1 點選 安裝華碩路由器應用程式 安裝應用程式 2 點選 下一步 繼續 ...

Страница 731: ...25 第五章 安裝應用程式 RT G32 3 點選 下一步 以確認應用程式安裝 的預設位置或點選 瀏覽 以選擇另 一位置 5 點選 安裝 開始安裝應用程式 6 安裝完成後點選 完成 離開安裝程 式 4 點選 下一步 ...

Страница 732: ...ry 應用程式 在您的電腦桌面上選擇 開始 程式集 ASUS Utility RT G32 Wireless Router Device Discovery 韌體回復 Firmware Restoration Firmware Restoration 應用程式用於在韌體更新失敗時搜尋更新失敗的華碩 無線路由器 然後還原或上載您指定的韌體 此過程需要大約三到四分鐘 只有在您遇到韌體損毀 更新失敗或系統故障等問題時 才使用這一應用程式 1 從華碩網站下載最新的韌體 http support asus com download download aspx SLanguage zh tw 2 解壓縮應用程式檔案 並執行 Setup exe 點選 下一步 結束安裝 ...

Страница 733: ... G32 手動設定 IP 位址 點選 開始 控制台 網路連線 右鍵點選 區域連線 接著選擇 內容 手動設定 IP 位址 192 168 1 254 3 關閉無線路由器電源 按住 Reset 按鈕並重新開啟裝置 當 WLAN LED 燈閃爍之後 無線裝置進入救援 rescue 模式 在更新韌體時請勿關閉或重新開啟裝置 如此可能造成系統啟動失敗 建議您使用有線連接並手動設定 IP 位址 以獲取理想的傳輸環境 請將 PC 端的防火牆關閉 ...

Страница 734: ...28 RT G32 第五章 安裝應用程式 4 在 Windows 系統的桌面上 點選 開始 程式集 ASUS Utility RT G32 Wireless Router Firmware Restoration 5 點選 瀏覽 選擇韌體檔並點選 上載 6 成功上載後 裝置將自動重新啟動 ...

Страница 735: ...29 第五章 安裝應用程式 RT G32 請依照以下步驟使用 EZSetup 1 依畫面說明連接硬體裝置 完成後點選 下一步 2 輸入使用者名稱與密碼 以使用網頁圖形介面進行設定 完成後 點選 下一步 EZSetup EZSetup 程式可讓您簡單地設定無線網路 在安裝 EZSetup 之前 請確認您的 RT G32 已透過 RJ45 網路線連接到數據機或 PC ...

Страница 736: ...30 RT G32 第五章 安裝應用程式 3 當設定了 SSID 與頻道並連線成功後 點選 下一步 繼續 連線成功 連線失敗 若連線失敗 請確認硬體裝置連線正確 並按下 搜尋 重新搜尋裝置 ...

Страница 737: ...31 第五章 安裝應用程式 RT G32 4 點選 下一步 進行基本的 ISP 連線設定 點選 完成 以結束內部網路設 定 5 選擇您的網路連線類型 Automatic IP PPPoE PPTP L2TP 與 Static IP 輸入您的網路服務提供者 ISP 所需的資訊 完成後點選 下一 步 ...

Страница 738: ... 安裝應用程式 6 完成後點選 完成 WPS 快速按鈕設定 若您欲連接的 PC 使用了支援 WPS 功能之無線網路卡 如華碩 USB N11 或 PCI G31 請參考以下說明使用 WPS 快速設定 1 為使用 WPS 請確認 RT G32 無 線路由器與另一台電腦的無線軟體 WPS 功能已開啟 2 按下 RT G32 無線路由器背面的 WPS 按鈕 3 當 WPS 連線建立後 RT G32 WLAN LED 燈亮起並開始慢閃 ...

Страница 739: ...由器設定 1 開啟網頁瀏覽器 如 IE 然後點選 工具 下拉式選單 並選擇 網際網路選項 2 分別點選 刪除 Cookies 與 刪除檔案 無法建立無線網路連線 超出有效範圍 請將路由器放置於較靠近用戶端裝置之 處 嘗試進行頻道設定的變更 認證問題 請使用採用有線連線的電腦來連接路由 器 檢查網路安全設定 您可以嘗試按路由器後方的重置 Reset 按 鈕超過 5 秒鐘後 進行硬體重置 hardware reset 的動作 無法搜尋到路由器 您可以嘗試按路由器後方的重置 Reset 按 鈕超過 5 秒鐘後 進行硬體重置 hardware reset 的動作 檢查無線網路卡上的 SSID 與加密等設定 疑難排解 ...

Страница 740: ...查 連接兩者的網路線 並再重新測試一遍 當 ADSL 數據機 Link 連線 的燈號亮著 不 是閃爍 這表示已經可 以連線至網際網路 重新啟動您的電腦 重新設定華碩路由器 請參考快速使用指 南 檢查 WAN LED 訊號燈是否亮著 檢查無線網路加密 金鑰 的設定 檢查欲與路由器連線的電腦是否能取得 IP 位址 經由有線網路與無線網路兩者是否 皆可 檢查您的網頁瀏覽器 如 IE 是否設定為採 用區域網路 以及不設定採用Proxy Server 功能 當 ADSL 數據機 Link 連線 的燈號持續閃爍 或熄滅 這表示無法存取 至網際網路 路由器無法與 ADSL 網路建立連線 請確認網路線已有正確連接 請將 ASDL 或纜線數據機的電源線拔除 並 等待幾分鐘後 再重新接上電源 若 ADSL 數據機燈號持續閃爍或為熄滅 顯示OFF 的狀態 請與您的網路電信公 司業者聯絡 忘記網路名稱或金鑰密碼 ...

Страница 741: ...值 若您按下在路 由器上的 Reset 重置 鈕超過 5 秒鐘 或於 系統設定 原廠預設值 畫面中 按 Reset 按 鈕而回到預設值狀態時 則在路由器上的相關 的設定 會回復到原廠預設的數值 其數值則 如以下所列 使用者名稱 admin 密碼 admin 啟用 DHCP Yes 若已連接 WAN 網路線 IP 位址 192 168 1 1 網域名稱 空白 子網路遮罩 255 255 255 0 DNS 伺服器 1 192 168 1 1 DNS 伺服器 2 空白 SSID default ...

Страница 742: ... 行註冊 本公司將以華碩 出貨日 為保固啟始日期 3 無論在任何情況下 您都不可以自行拆解修理本機 這將導致本機的保固 作廢 註冊步驟 註冊網址 http member asus com 步驟1 加入會員 如已是會員 請跳到步驟5 直接 登入會員 可註 冊新購買的產品 步驟2 個人資料填寫完成後按 同意並且繼續 步驟3 註冊系統將會發送啟用帳號的 確認碼 認證信件 步驟4 請依據確認碼信件指示進行帳號認證 以確認您會員權益 步驟5 選擇產品註冊 填寫完整的產品資訊即可完成註冊 DGT 警語 經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機 非經許可 公司 商號或使用者均不 得擅自變更頻率 加大功率或變更原設計之特性及功能 低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合法通信 經發現有干擾 現象時 應立即停用 並改善至無干擾時方得繼續使用 前項合法通信 指依電信法規定作業之無線電通信 低功率射頻電機須忍受合法通...

Страница 743: ...y Fremont CA 94539 USA 電話 15029550883 傳真 15029338713 網址 usa asus com 軟體下載 support asus com 技術支援 電話 1 502 995 0883 傳真 1 502 933 8713 線上支援 http vip asus com eservice techserv aspx ASUS COMPUTER GmbH 德國 奧地利 地址 Harkort Str 25 D 40880 Ratingen Germany 電話 49 2102 95990 網址 www asuscom de 傳真 49 2102 959911 線上聯絡 www asuscom de sales 技術支援 電話 49 2102 95990 傳真 49 2102 959911 線上支援 http vip asus com eservice te...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов